{"version":1,"pages":[{"id":"cmLnjqfdSiovAVTMLN8p","title":"Welcome","pathname":"/","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL"},{"id":"xjoMAnCaiobFyQuI23zD","title":"POS User Guide","pathname":"/readme-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":""},{"id":"T4s3cQk3WEBtwAI0Y9kG","title":"About POS, Store Manager, and Central Manager","pathname":"/readme-1/about-pos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic introduces the main RMH apps and identifies common POS peripherals. It also addresses payment integrations, the POS SDK, and WAM compliance.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"EzQytnniRAFosyChJRMx","title":"Explore the POS screen","pathname":"/readme-1/exploring-the-pos-screen","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explores elements of the POS app screen, such as the Transaction and Internet tabs, lookup field, function buttons, keyboard, and the Custom Commands and Task Pad panes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"PLkZIq00eofuHgFqxKf6","title":"Open and close batches","pathname":"/readme-1/open-and-close-batches","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"S6ai6lrLnT8nv8J7PtHZ","title":"Enter opening cash amounts","pathname":"/readme-1/open-and-close-batches/entering-opening-amounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can enter opening cash amounts for a register's batch.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Open and close batches"}]},{"id":"jz1hwPvneRlPzeroDPhO","title":"Perform blind closeouts","pathname":"/readme-1/open-and-close-batches/performing-blind-closeouts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can perform a blind closeout for a register's batch.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Open and close batches"}]},{"id":"H1e6pFiqJoGcHJW96K6b","title":"Enter closing cash amounts","pathname":"/readme-1/open-and-close-batches/entering_closing-amounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can enter closing cash amounts for a register's batch.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Open and close batches"}]},{"id":"zpefh3mQjZsjjLDrUjUD","title":"Generate X, Z, and ZZ reports","pathname":"/readme-1/open-and-close-batches/generating_x_z_zz_reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can generate X, Z, and ZZ reports for a register's batch.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Open and close batches"}]},{"id":"pIHYKvEuVJJbRQdYiEgU","title":"Manage the cash drawer","pathname":"/readme-1/manage-the-cash-drawer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"9cEGbjEZhVU21Bai7fI7","title":"Perform cash drops","pathname":"/readme-1/manage-the-cash-drawer/performing_cash_drops","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can perform cash drops to skim excess cash from cash drawers. Cash drop amounts are included in the Z report.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Manage the cash drawer"}]},{"id":"jMXt6x1n1DR74I30F1Da","title":"Perform \"no sale\" transactions","pathname":"/readme-1/manage-the-cash-drawer/performing-no-sales","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can perform no sale transactions to open an electronic cash drawer without tendering a sale.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Manage the cash drawer"}]},{"id":"8scy0JlJlKyMTn0cWrnX","title":"Perform payouts","pathname":"/readme-1/manage-the-cash-drawer/performing-payouts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can perform payouts from a register's cash drawer to pay for minor store expenses. Payouts are included in X, Z, and ZZ reports.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Manage the cash drawer"}]},{"id":"18Jp6MajfxS9Jx1dbpvz","title":"Work with customers","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"ucMBH7rSsNPwi97oETi0","title":"Look up customers","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-customers/customers-looking-up","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can look up and select customer records. It also introduces the Customer pane.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with customers"}]},{"id":"ivAyGCTc9FcyMPVa4l74","title":"Add customer records","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-customers/customers-adding","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can add customer records. It provides detailed explanations of fields and options on the Billing, Options, Additional, and Alias tabs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with customers"}]},{"id":"mevH2Gr29JJLVwuUjhaC","title":"Edit customer records","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-customers/customers-editing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can edit existing customer records.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with customers"}]},{"id":"5VEX2VwpFJb4Fkpwrkfx","title":"Add a shipping address","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-customers/shipping-adding-address","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can enter primary and secondary shipping addresses for customers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with customers"}]},{"id":"8cxB7g25xNxZmQGlzI1s","title":"Select a shipping (or delivery) address","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-customers/shipping-selecting-address","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can select a customer's shipping (or delivery) address from the Transaction screen.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with customers"}]},{"id":"MwbaMwIN8tIF4qKTmXF9","title":"Look up a customer's purchase history","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-customers/customers-purchase-history","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can look up a customer's purchase history at the store. Use this procedure to look up dates, transaction numbers, and ILCs for returns and exchanges.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with customers"}]},{"id":"LpUFYVJUE0oAKuWccia5","title":"Process a basic transaction","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"EBGGrCeEHdzpqZdReAAC","title":"Look up items","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/items-looking-up","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes several different methods for looking up items in the store's database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Process a basic transaction"}]},{"id":"6BnfW9YKfH3g0TiR8RHj","title":"Add items to transactions","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-adding-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can add items to transactions.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Process a basic transaction"}]},{"id":"szXaeGvxwCnja10FBay5","title":"Work with items in the transaction screen","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-working-with-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can change item quantities and item prices, duplicate items, and delete items from a transaction.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Process a basic transaction"}]},{"id":"bTvP1KgPTHo68VlNKibV","title":"Add or remove sales representatives","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-sales-representatives","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can add or remove sales reps for specific items or for the entire transaction.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Process a basic transaction"}]},{"id":"ojuGSVkwNf4OD0qtzDdf","title":"Add comments","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/items-adding-comments","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can add comments for a specific item or for the entire transaction.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Process a basic transaction"}]},{"id":"OgWpRbuQXwRzY0Fs7xGr","title":"Collect bag fees","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/bag-fees-collecting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes one method for collecting bag fees. Your store may have different methods for collecting bag fees. Refer to your store's policies and procedures for more information.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Process a basic transaction"}]},{"id":"od3uV2K3XkDVT2eyiQUg","title":"Collect bag taxes","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/bag-taxes-collecting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes one method for collecting bag taxes. Your store may have different methods for collecting bag taxes. Refer to your store's policies and procedures for more information.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Process a basic transaction"}]},{"id":"sJ2X2pcdW7yPWm8WF3Jn","title":"Tender a sale (general)","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-tendering-sale","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can tender a sale using the Tender screen.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Process a basic transaction"}]},{"id":"KwmWsREkqZvFloLrLvx9","title":"Tender a sale using sequential tendering","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-tendering-seq-tendering","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can tender a sale using the Sequential Tender screen.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Process a basic transaction"}]},{"id":"hmbI2tMXvXcd6MGFnxPR","title":"Reprint receipts","pathname":"/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-reprint_receipt","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can reprint receipts and gift receipts for customers after the transaction has been tendered.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Process a basic transaction"}]},{"id":"AHMHRFrVk5nyonee38yd","title":"Advanced transaction tasks","pathname":"/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"hOLxtRFShiFHZ52y3yh1","title":"Put transactions on hold","pathname":"/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks/transactions-putting-hold","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can put transactions on hold so they can be recalled and completed at a later time.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Advanced transaction tasks"}]},{"id":"lubLCMyTvOPU4LR4H8hK","title":"Recall transactions from hold","pathname":"/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks/transactions-recalling-hold","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can recall a transaction that was previously put on hold.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Advanced transaction tasks"}]},{"id":"BEITtlwYW6ESz1La9vFF","title":"Cancel transactions","pathname":"/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks/transactions-canceling","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can cancel transactions before they have been tendered.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Advanced transaction tasks"}]},{"id":"4PtUbdzbs11OforZusSu","title":"Void transactions","pathname":"/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks/transactions-voiding","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can void transactions after they have been tendered.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Advanced transaction tasks"}]},{"id":"PWwlsygcnbeXX10Y37EB","title":"Perform a cashier override","pathname":"/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks/performing-cashier-override","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can perform a cashier override for store employees who do not have sufficient permissions or privileges to perform a task.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Advanced transaction tasks"}]},{"id":"tP8wgI17fHTHQIj03hpg","title":"Work with discounts","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"DthYp7PPvS8Mc2mkZwOP","title":"About discounts","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-discounts/about-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the various types of discounts that cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can apply to a customer's transaction.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with discounts"}]},{"id":"tk13DnIpjO7C47VuXMzA","title":"Add discounts","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-discounts/transactions-adding-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can apply discounts to specific items or to the entire transaction.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with discounts"}]},{"id":"O5OqQk7SCFqJsoAIRMUp","title":"Work with taxes","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"F7vFEqfgpMGtjXdjvNXR","title":"Remove or change taxes","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-taxes/transactions-working-with-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can remove or change taxes for specific items or for the entire transaction.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with taxes"}]},{"id":"DhmMi3FkXBEcnz5YhBWN","title":"Work with vouchers","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"VWvNHsboWZOnMrjrSlTt","title":"Sell vouchers to customers","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-vouchers/transactions-selling-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can sell vouchers, such as gift cards and gift certificates, to customers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with vouchers"}]},{"id":"Z5QzQFFMH6FC28DzoZbp","title":"Check a customer's voucher balance","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-vouchers/transactions-checking-voucher-balance","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can check a customer's voucher balance, so the customer knows the current stored value on the voucher.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with vouchers"}]},{"id":"5sLRlasAT4JkO7FlK5KG","title":"Tender a sale using a voucher","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-vouchers/transactions-tendering-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can use a voucher, such as a gift card or gift certificate, to pay for part or all of a transaction.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with vouchers"}]},{"id":"eIXg8SM3UVS0ua0qbwZS","title":"Reload reusable vouchers (gift cards)","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-vouchers/transactions-reloading-gift-cards","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers and salespeople can reload reusable vouchers, such as gift cards, with a new stored value.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with vouchers"}]},{"id":"uheDndXlVDA8JI2OLprH","title":"Work with bottle deposits","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-bottle-deposits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"ZpmGgZZKCUSdjBhSZpg9","title":"Collect bottle deposits","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-bottle-deposits/bottle-deposits-collecting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes one method for collecting bottle deposits for recyclable containers. Refer to your store's policies and procedures for collecting bottle deposits.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with bottle deposits"}]},{"id":"Ue5R98ktxxU144yarnO2","title":"Process refunds of bottle deposits","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-bottle-deposits/bottle-deposits-refunding","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes one method for processing refunds for bottle deposits. Refer to your store's policies and procedures for refunding bottle deposits.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with bottle deposits"}]},{"id":"vj0wdDikEel7KOtiaDF5","title":"Work with quotes","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"c3KqCisCk24KB2sCx9M8","title":"About quotes","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-quotes/about-quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for working with quotes. Refer to your store's policies and procedures for quotes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with quotes"}]},{"id":"j5ArniNgp7Q94mmDz4Yg","title":"Create quotes","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-quotes/quotes-creating","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can create quotes for customers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with quotes"}]},{"id":"p5smhruGUjWMgFZHIUZX","title":"Process quotes","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-quotes/quotes-processing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can recall quotes and convert them to sales transactions or work orders so they can be tendered.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with quotes"}]},{"id":"E1XAah3Wl1evu751LXIL","title":"Work with work orders","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-work-orders","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"Ng1jCkNcv1DI45zSxmHx","title":"About work orders","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/about-work-orders","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for working with work orders. Your store may or may not offer work orders. Refer to your store's policies and procedures for work orders.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with work orders"}]},{"id":"8hleiKOPnKNhswPuAYqy","title":"Create work orders","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/work-orders-creating","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can create work orders for customers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with work orders"}]},{"id":"2SCW03wNVXZFOVKVvcWp","title":"Add a comment to a work order","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/orders-adding-comments","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can add comments to work orders.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with work orders"}]},{"id":"Ks9g4ehOk3SmXEHC69no","title":"Add a due date to a work order","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/orders-adding-due-date","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can add due dates to work orders.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with work orders"}]},{"id":"wepIjZyodW93xuy0p06l","title":"Look up work order history","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/orders-order-history","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can look up the transaction history (such as partial pick ups) for work orders.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with work orders"}]},{"id":"t8uPLQrnJyGpMgtZhhjj","title":"Process work orders","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/work-orders-processing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can recall work orders and complete pick ups (partial or entire).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with work orders"}]},{"id":"n0TZPIB29L8928GghzVk","title":"Work with layaways","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-layaways","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"57JYoIdDrRUe6vBrRisT","title":"About layaways","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-layaways/about-layaways","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for working with layaways. Your store may or may not offer layaways. Refer to your store's policies and procedures for layaways.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with layaways"}]},{"id":"wweENiAYmvaTCr1aC3cq","title":"Create layaway orders","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-layaways/layaways-creating","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can create layaway orders for customers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with layaways"}]},{"id":"IeTDBP8bQC0KN7dhfns8","title":"Process layaway orders","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-layaways/layaways-processing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can recall layaway orders and complete pick ups (partial or entire).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with layaways"}]},{"id":"VQyY7Z3WHwrX6Gdk9yNL","title":"Work with accounts","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"scExANh9geBxGUbD0UPy","title":"About accounts","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-accounts/about-ar","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for working with accounts receivable (AR) accounts. Your store may or may not offer AR accounts. Refer to your store's policies and procedures for AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with accounts"}]},{"id":"nbdnvZNs57GtUUNNkhkW","title":"Tender a sale to account","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-accounts/transactions-tendering-store-credit","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can charge (tender) sales transactions to AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with accounts"}]},{"id":"nJzA3Y0wzqrKUWnZhTmY","title":"Process payments to account","pathname":"/readme-1/work-with-accounts/processing-payments-ar","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can accept payments to AR accounts. Refer to your store's policies and procedures for accepting payments to account.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Work with accounts"}]},{"id":"QXJl0KLQdzPq9uGSQp5L","title":"Perform returns and exchanges","pathname":"/readme-1/perform-returns-and-exchanges","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"Xtzc5pl77kCgrIibrqLG","title":"Process returns","pathname":"/readme-1/perform-returns-and-exchanges/processing-returns","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes two methods that cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can use to process returns.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Perform returns and exchanges"}]},{"id":"qlPLjhIotTkhCkJfrm5N","title":"Process exchanges","pathname":"/readme-1/perform-returns-and-exchanges/processing-exchanges","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes two methods that cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can use to process exchanges.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Perform returns and exchanges"}]},{"id":"GqPcbkDQDUhRTnkRUDxM","title":"Process a refund to a voucher","pathname":"/readme-1/perform-returns-and-exchanges/processing-refunds-to-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can issue refunds to the voucher tender type.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Perform returns and exchanges"}]},{"id":"rg5lNJtlowPz6r6pXuTx","title":"Administrative tasks","pathname":"/readme-1/administrative-tasks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"Ig1FfKG97HNdD0KHqKgT","title":"Change your password","pathname":"/readme-1/administrative-tasks/admin-password","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can change their passwords.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Administrative tasks"}]},{"id":"o2JJUtsTUe8hI9JpuaWg","title":"Enter your work hours","pathname":"/readme-1/administrative-tasks/admin-time-clock","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how cashiers, salespeople, and floor managers can enter their work hours by punching in/out using the Time Clock.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Administrative tasks"}]},{"id":"Hfn0kwOLxDkVRlM8MHLJ","title":"Configure POS to support store policies","pathname":"/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"qdA1WfzI9QXbxalMvfAB","title":"Identify store policies","pathname":"/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-identifying-store-policies","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"Use this topic to identify store policies that you want to manage or enforce by configuring options and permissions for POS and Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS to support store policies"}]},{"id":"4rgbt5KamNj7L1k89T68","title":"Configure security policies","pathname":"/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"Use this topic to identify security policies that you want to manage or enforce by configuring options and permissions for POS and Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS to support store policies"}]},{"id":"4MLyNpZGNk57pMBgsmAy","title":"Configure register and cash drawer policies","pathname":"/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-register-cash-drawer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"Use this topic to identify register and cash drawer policies that you want to manage or enforce by configuring options and permissions for POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS to support store policies"}]},{"id":"59RxYWGFWjlRg9oV7S8i","title":"Configure customer policies","pathname":"/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"Use this topic to identify customer policies that you want to manage or enforce by configuring options and permissions for POS and Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS to support store policies"}]},{"id":"2e3n9CtIWpWTufL5GblY","title":"Configure transaction policies","pathname":"/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-transactions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"Use this topic to identify transaction policies that you want to manage or enforce by configuring options and permissions for POS and Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS to support store policies"}]},{"id":"ZIKODHMmWxg2KihNrmUH","title":"Configure inventory policies","pathname":"/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-inventory","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"Use this topic to identify inventory policies that you want to manage or enforce by configuring options and permissions for POS and Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS to support store policies"}]},{"id":"tLLNOVaA96FnouCr9ImQ","title":"Customize the POS screen","pathname":"/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"}]},{"id":"4NA2HSAS4nGBlVkKx3fA","title":"About POS profiles","pathname":"/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/using_pos_profiles_old","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains how POS profiles can be used to manage functionality for specific registers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Customize the POS screen"}]},{"id":"hl7W9QYGmGH71DQmfmlC","title":"Enable the Internet tab","pathname":"/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/setting-up-integrated-web-site","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to enable the optional Internet tab in POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Customize the POS screen"}]},{"id":"f1f9GxFQ5DCO5YicLMJC","title":"Enable line item details in transaction lists","pathname":"/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/items-enabling-line-item-details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to enable the line item details row in the Transaction tab in POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Customize the POS screen"}]},{"id":"r38VR6sCuDgp57T06gC0","title":"Configure custom POS buttons","pathname":"/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/setting-up-pos-buttons","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure custom buttons for the Custom Commands pane in POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Customize the POS screen"}]},{"id":"JtvdpPiQYTBDDONyaPFg","title":"Configure custom POS task pads","pathname":"/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/setting-up-pos-task-pads","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure custom buttons and task pads, which display in the Task Pads pane in POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Customize the POS screen"}]},{"id":"7c5vsVk4orTuYsW4ozT4","title":"Commands reference guide","pathname":"/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/reference-commands","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes commands that can be used to create custom buttons for the Custom Commands pane or the Task Pads pane.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"POS User Guide"},{"label":"Customize the POS screen"}]},{"id":"skwdt2ApZZJLkbRa4PaR","title":"Store Manager User Guide","pathname":"/store-manager","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":""},{"id":"ITLizpnl7JzgL9apoMuV","title":"Configure POS & Store Manager","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"ymeyT4XevUDNaMLATxzc","title":"People and security","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/people-and-security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"}]},{"id":"D3OuTwJfP8L9kBJTkfvB","title":"POS user roles","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/people-and-security/setting-up-cashier-user-roles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure user roles for employees who use POS. User roles are groups of role-specific privileges that can be assigned to one or more employees.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"People and security"}]},{"id":"dabptpzZ1kMzWcNvGPwd","title":"Manager user roles","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/people-and-security/setting-up-manager-user-role","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure user roles for employees who use Store Manager. User roles are groups of role-specific privileges that can be assigned to one or more employees.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"People and security"}]},{"id":"Hqx8sd7tbjVn647ktuBG","title":"Password policy","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/people-and-security/setting-up-password-policy","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to establish a password policy for the store. The password policy applies to all employees who have a user account for POS, Store Manager, or Store Loyalty.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"People and security"}]},{"id":"mnyEcyjgw3kAP66lGIOO","title":"Store financials","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"}]},{"id":"Q51v2hK40d8ep2iju2KF","title":"Sales tax rules","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-sales-tax-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure sales tax rules for the store. These include the method of taxation (e.g., tax-exclusive or tax-inclusive) and rules for automatically selecting the item tax.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store financials"}]},{"id":"FPaBj5Z7TT3ku5q7bxm1","title":"Sales taxes","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-sales-tax","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure sales taxes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store financials"}]},{"id":"A8bWD0Ufe4TADYyI8xRB","title":"Item taxes","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-item-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure item taxes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store financials"}]},{"id":"LdyIXXfMQFDEgNNGmJmr","title":"Compute tax on item cost instead of price","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/computing-tax-on-item-cost","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure Store Manager and POS so taxes are computed on an item's cost instead of its price.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store financials"}]},{"id":"DMZLHT101qs3zBb9hrPW","title":"Compute tax on item weight instead of price","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/computing-tax-on-item-weight","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure Store Manager and POS so taxes are computed on an item's weight instead of its price.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store financials"}]},{"id":"cpLD0KgEQl6GctmiOcUi","title":"Currencies","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-currencies","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure currencies. These may be currencies that the store accepts as tender types, or the currencies used by foreign suppliers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store financials"}]},{"id":"Hg2wYKUNZXLn4K1XNiXG","title":"Tender types","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-tender-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure tender types. You must define a tender type for every payment method the store accepts (such as cash, check, debit card, credit card, voucher, etc).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store financials"}]},{"id":"jKUzAiEOiLCiSgYI9kCz","title":"Tender rules","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-tender-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure rules regarding the default tender type to use when providing change to customers or the period of time that store-issued vouchers remain valid.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store financials"}]},{"id":"xsdJfywDaOmICGrPjMtN","title":"GL accounts","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/gl-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure general ledger (GL) accounts for register batches.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store financials"}]},{"id":"N7LOKVQuqsmxYKQXUk9V","title":"Store information and rules","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-information-and-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"}]},{"id":"COn4IZEjhzuN0ip1Zaub","title":"Store contact information","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-information-and-rules/setting-up-store-contact-information","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to edit the store's name, address, and contact methods (such as phone and email).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store information and rules"}]},{"id":"qitLC7mCicotDvzc636B","title":"Store ID (multi-store only)","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-information-and-rules/setting-up-multiple-stores","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure a store to operate in Central mode. You only need to follow this procedure if the store is centrally managed using Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store information and rules"}]},{"id":"OBiIRvpR2kU9apLo2IX8","title":"Store rules","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-information-and-rules/setting-up-store-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure store rules for Store Manager and POS. Store rules are organized by Customer, General, Item, POS, Purchase Order, Reason Code, and Serial Number.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Store information and rules"}]},{"id":"SSwoEnrSqgDUAC1NBE1S","title":"Registers and receipts","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"}]},{"id":"P2Uh57dercS4hm1sKZ2a","title":"Registers","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/setting-up-registers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure registers. For example, you can select a task pad, default price level, printers, receipt formats, as well as the scale, scanner, cash drawers, etc.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Registers and receipts"}]},{"id":"uqyvXbBS7KCeBIxL5qrD","title":"Receipt formats","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/setting-up-receipt-formats","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure receipt formats for sales transactions, cancelled transactions, pay outs, cash drops, quotes, work orders, layaway orders, and payments to AR account.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Registers and receipts"}]},{"id":"9uHzwMwjXpGtmEyyXnw6","title":"Email receipts","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/administrator-configuring-email","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure Store Manager and POS to email transaction receipts to customers, POs to suppliers, and statements to AR account holders.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Registers and receipts"}]},{"id":"lsDRFvwSHCBekNSOU6qi","title":"POS profiles","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/setting-up-pos-profiles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure POS profiles. This includes enabling or disabling WAM functionality in POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Registers and receipts"}]},{"id":"2vBBHo28mcc5dY3iIbVk","title":"Enable pole display","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/setting-up-pole-display-messages","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure pole display messages.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Registers and receipts"}]},{"id":"HmaV1zA3iaCwiYa84yg8","title":"Extend the POS screen","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/setting-up-net-display-channels","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure net display channels and enable net display, which extends the POS screen to a second monitor.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Registers and receipts"}]},{"id":"VsUoG8nxDadLVgoK1G0N","title":"Merchandising","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"}]},{"id":"1840ZH1CC5kPr7HxbCwO","title":"Departments","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-departments","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure departments.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Merchandising"}]},{"id":"yTdmCV9qV6bg48vmwn6T","title":"Categories","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-categories","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure categories.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Merchandising"}]},{"id":"pJRwFee0MCdIibLcvfyp","title":"Reason codes","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-reason-codes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure reason codes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Merchandising"}]},{"id":"hvmSHIeuPKjbnokdNoAx","title":"Generate automatic item lookup codes","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-automatic-item-lookup-codes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure Store Manager to automatically generate item lookup codes (ILCs) for new items that are added to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Merchandising"}]},{"id":"2zi7r5sCc1nFG8qeqPW2","title":"Item messages","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-item-messages","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure item messages.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Merchandising"}]},{"id":"OUdcdeQnpJRU4sOUllcw","title":"Quotes","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure quotes. You can set an expiration date, require customer selection, and select the receipt format for quotes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Merchandising"}]},{"id":"6452qwrLgNJbQepFZJF3","title":"Work orders","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-work-orders","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure work orders. You can set an expiration date and minimum deposit amount, require customer selection, and select the receipt format for work orders.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Merchandising"}]},{"id":"dYIfGnsFG5tLg6wUaOnx","title":"Back orders","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/back-orders","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure back orders. You can set an expiration date and minimum deposit amount, require customer selection, and select the receipt format for back orders.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Merchandising"}]},{"id":"ea1cpOHcT7rHJDRO7Ri5","title":"Layaways","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-layaways","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure layaway orders. You can set an expiration date and minimum deposit amount and select the receipt format for layaway orders.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Merchandising"}]},{"id":"QapcEjUkBQLfN1nd5Hkw","title":"Inventory and purchasing","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"}]},{"id":"voDxZB4gUGSr4W4a0kxl","title":"Inventory rules","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-inventory-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure inventory rules. These include cost update method to use when receiving POs and whether to include landed cost in the cost calculation.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventory and purchasing"}]},{"id":"W0Edd8ypvKNV4fzVpqoq","title":"Understanding landed cost","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/calculating-landed-cost","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the three cost distribution methods used by RMH to determine landed cost.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventory and purchasing"}]},{"id":"qvkjuuBUCQ3HbmGV8T1Y","title":"Ordering rules","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-ordering-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure ordering rules for quotes, work orders, layaway orders, and back orders. The rules control expiration date (or due date) and deposit requirements, if applicable.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventory and purchasing"}]},{"id":"f5xm8xwHluuZALEvDgjz","title":"Units of measure","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/units-of-measure","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure a unit of measure (UOM). You should define the UOM used to sell items, as well as the UOM used to order items from suppliers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventory and purchasing"}]},{"id":"EqAvivH6cuaUF9y0juC9","title":"Price rounding rules","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-rounding-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure price rounding rules for items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventory and purchasing"}]},{"id":"CtC35MOPTr3ZCnyWc6YZ","title":"Shipping methods","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-shipping-methods","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure the shipping methods the store uses.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventory and purchasing"}]},{"id":"otVW9CU6CQPahPKwsboc","title":"Payment terms","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-payment-terms-for-purch","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure payment terms for suppliers and POs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventory and purchasing"}]},{"id":"dBTYiRbHG1hyWU0rLDBf","title":"Purchasers","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-purchasers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure purchasers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventory and purchasing"}]},{"id":"NdORo32G9SWZHhJBDmsh","title":"Charges","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-charges","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure charges.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventory and purchasing"}]},{"id":"Ck3OIYJLe9QH7d4Oetil","title":"Order settings","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-order-settings","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure PO settings, such as whether to auto-release POs, check supplier MPQ when ordering, or whether to consider child items or kit items when ordering.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventory and purchasing"}]},{"id":"KKSl72CWf5qIolbECOPS","title":"Discounts and schedules","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/discounts-and-schedules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"}]},{"id":"qC28wq8twsvBoxLBdKdX","title":"Discounts","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/discounts-and-schedules/setting-up-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure discounts. These include Mix and Match or Buy X and Get Y for Z discounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Discounts and schedules"}]},{"id":"jkYjFMxuYBXAxzadkyXk","title":"Schedules","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/discounts-and-schedules/setting-up-schedules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure schedules, which can be used in connection with discounts, sales, and other types of promotional events. Schedules can also be used to block sales of items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Discounts and schedules"}]},{"id":"wx9v3XqsA4EwsAdiMh5i","title":"Accounts receivable","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"}]},{"id":"NnkPtXz24nwdAbaCA7GA","title":"Account managers","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-account-managers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure account managers for AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"2A4ytyHaeAqNEv6yMgMB","title":"Finance charges","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-finance-charges","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure finance charges. Stores can configure RMH to apply finance charges to unpaid balances on AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"2PZiuDs0wC8YNEWpwfOy","title":"AR payment terms","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-payment-terms-for-ar","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure payment terms for AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"tGzGvKLbQLcRnS3basZH","title":"AR reason codes","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-reason-codes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure reason codes to apply for changes to AR account ledger items (such as adjustments and reversals of finance charges).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"RkUA7pB087AWaGeejCgW","title":"Statement types","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-statement-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure the statement template for AR account billing statements.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"CqQ1xYgKVEaLPTD2fe5c","title":"Number series","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-a-number-series","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure RMH to automatically generate AR account numbers for new AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"AStuoRJHVJI41D5xEFiU","title":"Account groups","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-account-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure AR account groups.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"zYCWDmRCdXcoOiP1UvEv","title":"Accounting defaults","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-accounting-defaults","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure AR accounting defaults.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"dlEq5RxjMlmSzaI0GZw5","title":"Email message","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-email-message","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure a default email message for emailed AR account billing statements.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"xkrhtKTMICSlUTaKIgpr","title":"Offline database","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/offline-database","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"}]},{"id":"szFs62U1XFoiNANy1Liw","title":"About the offline database","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/offline-database/administrator-about-offline-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the best practices for configuring and managing an offline database, which stores can use to process sales transactions if POS loses its connection to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Offline database"}]},{"id":"EY2THIeLqUDG075c2aTs","title":"Configure the offline database","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/offline-database/administrator-configuring-offline-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure the offline database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Offline database"}]},{"id":"omEtRjYTXPkuxjynC8wl","title":"Restore the connection to the store database","pathname":"/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/offline-database/administrator-synchronizing-offline","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the procedure to restore the POS app's connection to the store database after it has been operating in offline mode.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure POS & Store Manager"},{"label":"Offline database"}]},{"id":"R1deP7d7Dq5vw7exuBAF","title":"Manage employees","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"CV9wGOdUrqglXtEC0V11","title":"Add user accounts","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/setting-up-user-account","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add new user accounts for store employees. You can assign POS user roles for POS users, and manager user roles for Store Manager and Store Loyalty users.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"}]},{"id":"kQhhS75hNIDHHHh2Pq0B","title":"Manage commission sales","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-commission-sales","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"}]},{"id":"uFOQ5fmcbHgBYmYbvE4n","title":"Create sales representatives","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-commission-sales/setting-up-sales-representatives","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add sales reps and define their individual commission sales schedules, if applicable. You can also define commission sales schedules for items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Manage commission sales"}]},{"id":"e7lI1UNmiMBTkfQwu8QU","title":"Set up commission schedules for items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-commission-sales/setting-up-commission-sales-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to define commission sales schedules for items. You can also define commission sales schedules for individual sales reps.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Manage commission sales"}]},{"id":"pkNaBqECnGh2hva3Y0nI","title":"Assign sales representatives to customers","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-commission-sales/setting-up-commission-sales-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to assign a specific sales rep to a customer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Manage commission sales"}]},{"id":"xpcMw1vbFthiftSG3PtA","title":"Generate the commission sales report","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-commission-sales/generating-sales-commission-report","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to generate the Sales Commission Report to track and calculate commission sales by sales reps.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Manage commission sales"}]},{"id":"ox8zSP09EUNQHjXnoQZI","title":"Manage employee discounts","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-employee-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"}]},{"id":"qUdk0QabLRam1F7GQpak","title":"Best practices for employee discounts","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-employee-discounts/employee-discount-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for managing employee discounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Manage employee discounts"}]},{"id":"w7zBl076wIy6HyhKg568","title":"Track transactions with employee discounts","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-employee-discounts/tracking-employee-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to generate the Detailed Sales Report to track employee purchases and discounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Manage employee discounts"}]},{"id":"wVp8A6EA4eU9SFlV8LR8","title":"Manage employee time","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-empoyee-time","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"}]},{"id":"ojaGR9fT5LI2RUP7sBuH","title":"Add time entries","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-empoyee-time/adding-editing-time-entries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to manually add employee time entries to the Time Clock in Store Manager. This may be necessary if an employee forgot to punch in/out in POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Manage employee time"}]},{"id":"ceIKhTKTyKJaTDud6Kvd","title":"View time entries","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-empoyee-time/viewing-employee-time","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to view employee time entries.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Manage employee time"}]},{"id":"a7X7nxxRDlUzozwZyCGA","title":"Edit time entries","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-empoyee-time/edit-time-entries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to edit employee time entries in Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Manage employee time"}]},{"id":"pA4zfBjPbP8E6ec5iCwa","title":"Generate the time entry report","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-empoyee-time/generating-time-clock-report","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to generate the Cashier Time Clock reports to track employee time entries in the Time Clock.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Manage employee time"}]},{"id":"JACYRPrd0Q0laOwLRv6R","title":"Deactivate user accounts","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-employees/deactivating-user-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to deactivate user accounts when a person's employment ends.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"}]},{"id":"JKkIVQsugjNl5iR1RIus","title":"Manage customers","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"3ScXm6ukGWwGjKzGybF3","title":"Legal limits on collecting customer information","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-customers/legal-limits-on-collecting-customer-info","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices and legal limits for collecting customer information.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage customers"}]},{"id":"NvkmEMTsEpXvFMsp6gde","title":"Advantages of collecting customer information","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-customers/advantages-collecting-customer-info","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for collecting customer information in RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage customers"}]},{"id":"lLPIK4Cx965fbGCL0gTx","title":"Create a customer policy","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-customers/setting-up-customer-policy","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure a customer policy. It controls which fields in the customer record are required. You can also define a mask, or number format, for telephone numbers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage customers"}]},{"id":"oJoYhLTXO488XDdVt4q0","title":"Configure custom fields for customer records","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-customers/setting-up-custom-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure custom fields for customer records. You can configure up to five custom text, number, and date fields for customers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage customers"}]},{"id":"NjNK3mI6zvBgpS5vy9oV","title":"Create customer records","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-customers/setting-up-customer-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add new customer records to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage customers"}]},{"id":"gb0Nqv0AFRxGpjcnYir6","title":"Ship items to customers","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-customers/customers-shipping","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure shipping to automatically select the item tax based on the shipping destination, and how to select a customer's shipping address in POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage customers"}]},{"id":"dsyJ3x0WjU4IxR5kmag3","title":"Deactivate customer records","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-customers/deactivating-customer-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to deactivate customer records.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage customers"}]},{"id":"DJi0l70BXC8V95l4KEcu","title":"Manage items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"pVD1ol00OHDLz74VdyT8","title":"Standard items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/standard-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"UzQxTQwcG2vH2qs1fkFF","title":"Add standard items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/standard-items/setting-up-standard-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to manually add standard items to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Standard items"}]},{"id":"QEem7lpq2TVoOulgn7Fq","title":"Provide tag along items with purchase","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/standard-items/providing-gift-with-purchase","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for tag along items, and how to assign tag along items to parent items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Standard items"}]},{"id":"1nLMdaP7WXEbgFSpzCWL","title":"Configure custom fields for items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/standard-items/setting-up-custom-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure custom fields for items. You can configure up to three custom text fields (Sub Description 1, Sub Description 2, and Subdescription 3) for items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Standard items"}]},{"id":"nZp51lmlhPv1um3uLr80","title":"Matrix items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"8Fmab4401AYde9joMGkH","title":"About matrix items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/matrix-items/understanding-matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for matrix items. It introduces the concepts of dimensions, attributes, component items, and dimension sets.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Matrix items"}]},{"id":"0d0hWaBR13fRUzcnfuqA","title":"Add matrix items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/matrix-items/setting-up-matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to manually add matrix items to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Matrix items"}]},{"id":"jYf2nwqFiSQfuOYw9eAS","title":"Kits and assembly items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/kits-and-assembly-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"zOkMDWTXy3WBJMSXd0yB","title":"About kits and assembly items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/kits-and-assembly-items/understanding-kits-assembly-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for kits and assembly items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Kits and assembly items"}]},{"id":"bgmal9CS235Uaw8DiAkA","title":"Configure and add kits","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/kits-and-assembly-items/setting-up-kits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure store rules and ordering options for kits. It also describes how to add, build, and break kits.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Kits and assembly items"}]},{"id":"ADscvgbCMrj0l429s80x","title":"Add assembly items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/kits-and-assembly-items/setting-up-assembly-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add assembly items to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Kits and assembly items"}]},{"id":"l1NYYEn5OLaYrHLjvpPn","title":"Lot matrix items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/lot-matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"vi0yKJ66wb2xWWuciFUA","title":"About lot matrix items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/lot-matrix-items/understanding-lot-matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for lot matrix items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Lot matrix items"}]},{"id":"OYx7dEyxPml751E9HfMY","title":"Add lot matrix items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/lot-matrix-items/setting-up-lot-matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add lot matrix items to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Lot matrix items"}]},{"id":"hBF2jAMn0kLxtyMMdeLR","title":"Weighed items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/weighed-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"c0G9qXqJ1NLccnFVKROg","title":"About random weight barcodes","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/weighed-items/understanding-random-weight-barcodes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the two types of random weight barcodes that you can use with RMH (UPC-A and EAN-13).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Weighed items"}]},{"id":"VeJbVTOSKJ19TbTS6bsF","title":"Configure and add weighed items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/weighed-items/setting-up-weighed-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure POS to read random weight barcodes and how to add weighed items to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Weighed items"}]},{"id":"nkDnzSsDdPncsUaEZHOK","title":"Configure custom EAN-13 barcode formats","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/weighed-items/setting-up-ean-13-barcodes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure custom EAN-13 barcodes for item prices greater than $999.99.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Weighed items"}]},{"id":"w7IgrCeymqdosMCTpInF","title":"Serialized items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/serialized-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"yDDgXeDbWutcHQ7XssK8","title":"About serialized items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/serialized-items/understanding-serialized-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for serialized items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Serialized items"}]},{"id":"6Dpx4gkT9ZOuebb7pChB","title":"Configure and add serialized items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/serialized-items/setting-up-serialized-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure store rules for serial numbers and how to manually add serialized items to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Serialized items"}]},{"id":"1ikQ71ugp6BDqTFCgtL6","title":"Vouchers","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"RzfhFXhsDjcuq9ykcHgM","title":"About vouchers","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/vouchers/understanding-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for vouchers such as gift cards and gift certificates.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Vouchers"}]},{"id":"J9HFF8eQBSG2gBNBAbtC","title":"Configure and add vouchers","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/vouchers/setting-up-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure the voucher expiration period, store rules for vouchers, and a voucher tender type. It also describes how to manually add vouchers to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Vouchers"}]},{"id":"q6x8b4NDADuy3P2FSlWj","title":"Bag fees and bag taxes","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/bag-fees-and-bag-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"AVR3XrClHTYFRVSawqgD","title":"About bag fees and bag taxes","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/bag-fees-and-bag-taxes/understanding-bag-fees-bag-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for bag fees and bag taxes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Bag fees and bag taxes"}]},{"id":"NVnAJUSNwwXiBu0Vc9Br","title":"Configure bag fees","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/bag-fees-and-bag-taxes/setting-up-bag-fees","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes one method for configuring bag fees in RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Bag fees and bag taxes"}]},{"id":"ocbr9raCZAReYOGl3ghs","title":"Configure bag taxes","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/bag-fees-and-bag-taxes/setting-up-bag-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes one method for configuring bag taxes in RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Bag fees and bag taxes"}]},{"id":"YOSW1bWF24pALmnspWJj","title":"Bottle deposits","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/bottle-deposits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"PU6Y2XsAtx3mO4bTdtLF","title":"About bottle deposits","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/bottle-deposits/understanding-bottle-deposits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for bottle deposits.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Bottle deposits"}]},{"id":"cXrykOmb37RWAbOiX0GU","title":"Configure bottle deposits","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/bottle-deposits/setting-up-bottle-deposits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes one method for configuring bottle deposits in RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Bottle deposits"}]},{"id":"afajGAk077f77t2hYP04","title":"Use the Advanced Item Wizard to update items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"AkOqdXaidPNviJfHMkOB","title":"Use the Advanced Item Wizard","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items/advanced-item-wizard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use the Advanced Item Wizard to update item attributes using a range of pre-defined tasks.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Use the Advanced Item Wizard to update items"}]},{"id":"pFPnuCdHNhBAda1hdr57","title":"Add or remove items from the grid view","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items/advanced-item-wizard-adding-removing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add or remove items from the grid view in the Advanced Item Wizard.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Use the Advanced Item Wizard to update items"}]},{"id":"VIHI7PuMOLV1K5y71SW3","title":"Change the grid layout","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items/advanced-item-wizard-layout","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to change the grid layout in the Advanced Item Wizard.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Use the Advanced Item Wizard to update items"}]},{"id":"B56XwugEnBtkIJbrGyGT","title":"Update item information","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items/advanced-item-wizard-editable-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes different methods for updating information in the grid view of the Advanced Item Wizard.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Use the Advanced Item Wizard to update items"}]},{"id":"V9yeJ8xMpYrAgMh1roQ1","title":"Task reference list for the Advanced Item Wizard","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items/advanced-item-wizard-tasks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes all of the tasks available in the Advanced Item Wizard.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Use the Advanced Item Wizard to update items"}]},{"id":"AasWglVnZ2TW249Uben2","title":"Use the Import Utility to add and update items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-import-utility-to-add-and-update-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"IaByxEX4qGmeAOVmBLNY","title":"Use the Import Utility","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-import-utility-to-add-and-update-items/importing-items-import-utility","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use the Import Utility to add or update items in the store database using a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet in CSV, XLS, or XLSX format.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Use the Import Utility to add and update items"}]},{"id":"JhbX992bJu3lcZbcuNhW","title":"Mapping rules for the Import Utility Wizard","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-import-utility-to-add-and-update-items/importing-items-import-utility-mapping-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the mapping rules for the Import Utility.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"},{"label":"Use the Import Utility to add and update items"}]},{"id":"1MgQTplrsQf3qHMY4Szv","title":"Use the Inventory Wizard to update item information","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-items/inventory-wizard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use the Inventory Wizard. The Inventory Wizard will be deprecated in a future release.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage items"}]},{"id":"rGdBzBCr8cubkxcnXjw3","title":"Manage suppliers","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-suppliers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"Ha3wPf68kYyZOUWdXTze","title":"Suppliers best practices","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-suppliers/suppliers-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for suppliers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage suppliers"}]},{"id":"oVYf0t9W4p8uE4Js1Qsw","title":"Add store suppliers","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-suppliers/setting-up-store-suppliers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add suppliers to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage suppliers"}]},{"id":"ioby1N7xODa6i5sWN3fz","title":"Add supplier information on the Purchase tab of the Item record","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-suppliers/setting-up-suppliers-purchase-tab","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add supplier information on the Purchase tab of the Item record.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage suppliers"}]},{"id":"kWC2QtjQ8gxuM3rgdPtJ","title":"Configure custom fields for suppliers","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-suppliers/setting-up-custom-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure custom fields for suppliers. You can configure up to five custom text, number, and date fields for suppliers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage suppliers"}]},{"id":"FH8EovrrPhNe6F36UX4h","title":"Use the Supplier Worksheet to update supplier information","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-suppliers/using-supplier-wizard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use the Supplier Worksheet to deactivate suppliers, mark suppliers as tax exempt, and to set the minimum order amount for suppliers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage suppliers"}]},{"id":"9XkmbRYexoNu08xgUtgV","title":"Enter supplier invoices","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-suppliers/entering-supplier-invoices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to enter supplier invoices.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage suppliers"}]},{"id":"9rexteh6SH21VJojz9od","title":"View supplier invoices","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-suppliers/viewing-supplier-invoices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to view supplier invoices.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage suppliers"}]},{"id":"H56AtIkSChVYDLflOorx","title":"Generate supplier reports","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-suppliers/generating-supplier-reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to generate the Daily Sales by Supplier and Top Suppliers reports.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage suppliers"}]},{"id":"VNh9Ou4lqrm5oVyokaVK","title":"Deactivate store suppliers","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-suppliers/deactivating-suppliers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to deactivate store suppliers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage suppliers"}]},{"id":"ByBR9IYI6USQGtGEweBQ","title":"Manage inventory","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"gWRJoncWI4JRMVJIy2rB","title":"Inventory best practices","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/merchandising-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for the item lookup code, item description, and custom fields in the item record.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"}]},{"id":"MRwg8ygcbw2AhpmuHoPP","title":"Privileges required to manage inventory","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/inventory-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the privileges or permissions required to manage inventory.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"}]},{"id":"kKdGxlKZhtRMnsaksNWq","title":"Manage discounts and sales","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-discounts-and-sales","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"}]},{"id":"uJq7In1OOmke07vHsEaB","title":"Assign discounts to items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-discounts-and-sales/assigning-discounts-to-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes two methods for assigning discounts to items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Manage discounts and sales"}]},{"id":"gLyfzshTBKDeW4pQ63CD","title":"Temporarily block Item sales","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-discounts-and-sales/blocking-sales","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to temporarily block sales for an item.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Manage discounts and sales"}]},{"id":"v101gcBgyvDDZcb3SWps","title":"Inventory management with parent-child relationships","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/update-on-hand-quantities-with-parent-child-relationships","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"}]},{"id":"I1pUCdDH1YZGWIJkJOsM","title":"About parent-child inventory control","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/update-on-hand-quantities-with-parent-child-relationships/understanding-parent-child-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for using parent-child inventory control in RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Inventory management with parent-child relationships"}]},{"id":"D2E1n7vh5TtE3iGbZNP5","title":"Configure parent-child relationships between items","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/update-on-hand-quantities-with-parent-child-relationships/setting-up-parent-child-relationships","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure parent-child relationships between items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Inventory management with parent-child relationships"}]},{"id":"AowWw0Qwh800oZCIogQX","title":"Create and print labels","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"}]},{"id":"koFPJc6At5dtKjZ1aqH1","title":"Create new labels using Label Designer","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels/label-designer-select-label-format","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create custom store labels using the Label Designer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Create and print labels"}]},{"id":"G012b1Q0pqVGtZO6N8R6","title":"Insert fields into custom labels","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels/label-designer-inserting-field-objects","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to insert fields into custom labels using the Label Designer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Create and print labels"}]},{"id":"yhXmrqDVNNNYErPxSiM9","title":"Insert text boxes into custom labels","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels/label-designer-inserting-text-objects","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to insert text boxes into custom labels using the Label Designer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Create and print labels"}]},{"id":"lEOqrUGbQFDETlf6eJQA","title":"Insert barcodes into custom labels","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels/label-designer-inserting-barcodes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to insert barcodes into custom labels using the Label Designer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Create and print labels"}]},{"id":"MEJv8aBSfZOosTjw38Xd","title":"Print labels from the Label Wizard","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels/label-wizard-printing-labels","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to print labels using the Label Wizard.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Create and print labels"}]},{"id":"0Spm4Xdxgwkoc6RDVRbL","title":"Perform a physical inventory count","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"}]},{"id":"BoTTaclVkc6X7xfuWKez","title":"Physical inventory count best practices","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/physical-inventory-count-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for conducting a physical inventory count in a store.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Perform a physical inventory count"}]},{"id":"wYtoVi6uu8QW91UqxRhP","title":"Manage the physical inventory count","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/managing-the-physical-inventory-count","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for managing a physical inventory count in a store.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Perform a physical inventory count"}]},{"id":"lVt9WekHzY2ooGVELEsO","title":"Generate the physical inventory count file","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/physical-inventory-count-generating-file","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to generate a count file in RMH for a physical inventory count.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Perform a physical inventory count"}]},{"id":"p6POiLKTTf0I4qX9H3LO","title":"Copy or merge physical inventory count files","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/physical-inventory-count-copying-or-merging","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to copy or merge count files.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Perform a physical inventory count"}]},{"id":"Vo0vyh6sgmkg7n08YSNu","title":"Import physical inventory count results","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/physical-inventory-count-importing-results","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to import physical inventory count results into a count sheet in RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Perform a physical inventory count"}]},{"id":"F8LltUa6IdRt4vrZsJH7","title":"Calculate and commit physical inventory count results","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/physical-inventory-count-calculating-results","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to calculate discrepancies between the count quantity and the expected quantity in the store database, initiate a recount, and how to commit changes to the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Perform a physical inventory count"}]},{"id":"ePdNKuTTATN8dgtPgdHF","title":"Generate physical inventory reports","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/generating-physical-inventory-reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to generate the Physical Inventory reports.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Perform a physical inventory count"}]},{"id":"7PkjAy4kIO5pnBdMlaBx","title":"Manage offline inventory","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-offline-inventory","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"}]},{"id":"FyZLfEr3SXO3qNAJovTu","title":"Manage offline inventory","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-offline-inventory/managing-offline-inventory","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for managing offline inventory.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Manage offline inventory"}]},{"id":"dWKzFExdHfPYsA7f4dY3","title":"Move an item to offline inventory","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-offline-inventory/moving-item-to-offline-inventory","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to move an item to offline inventory.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Manage offline inventory"}]},{"id":"CD58cL5tIU4RWWpUL351","title":"Transfer an item out of offline inventory","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-offline-inventory/transferring-item-from-offline-inventory-out-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to transfer an item out of offline inventory.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Manage offline inventory"}]},{"id":"SdzGncL9sabkx4x3Ckjn","title":"Generate the offline inventory report","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-offline-inventory/generating-offline-inventory-report","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to generate the Offline Inventory List report.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage inventory"},{"label":"Manage offline inventory"}]},{"id":"RrbndPwIC3uBuEtlIInI","title":"Manage purchase orders and transfers out","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"10Ky8PwlGKiCqPMjWnWO","title":"Purchase order best practices","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out/purchase-order-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for purchase orders (POs), such as setting up the reorder point and restock level, the sale and purchase units of measure, and the manufacturer pack quantity (MPQ).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage purchase orders and transfers out"}]},{"id":"i62IraRhWECtLJvY5KFy","title":"Create purchase orders from purchase order requisitions","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out/creating-purchase-order-requisitions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to automatically add items to purchase orders by creating a purchase order requisition and converting it to a purchase order.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage purchase orders and transfers out"}]},{"id":"6fvr1Vo7P7oM4Qt2L4F2","title":"Create purchase orders manually","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out/creating-purchase-order","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create a purchase order and add items to it manually.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage purchase orders and transfers out"}]},{"id":"GDLmgdlxIbx1l8v3U7oz","title":"Receive purchase orders","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out/receiving-purchase-orders","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to receive purchase orders from suppliers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage purchase orders and transfers out"}]},{"id":"lAYLY7Y9v3UshzWPQJoh","title":"Create a transfer out","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out/creating-transfer-order","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create a transfer out and add items to it manually.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage purchase orders and transfers out"}]},{"id":"VPoTu0zVA7lfXa6S43nl","title":"Manage accounts receivable","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"NZUyqTlMrjpizqTL5xg8","title":"Accounts receivable best practices","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for accounts receivable (AR), such as ensuring credit worthiness, setting credit limits, issuing statements in a timely manner, and enforcing payment terms.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"HR2dVo7Ds1upGS2AJQKs","title":"About company and person AR account types","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-understanding-account-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the two types of AR accounts in RMH: company accounts and person accounts. This topic also describes links between AR accounts and customer records, and links between AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"MNEf9Bt9aUzLW0HNYaoF","title":"AR permissions","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the privileges (permissions) required to configure or administer AR accounts in Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"ljjcriPvXkhm1CEEU14i","title":"Add an AR tender type","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/setting-up-store-account-tender-type","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the function of the AR tender type and why you need to configure an AR tender type in RMH if your store uses AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"UoFWOMdMQP3WRJOhw0fi","title":"Add AR accounts","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/setting-up-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add AR accounts (company or person) in Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"HLNYWFXQoO8pnan9uatP","title":"Link customer records to AR accounts","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-linking-customer-record","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to link customer records to AR accounts to facilitate purchases on AR account in POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"o5vUzvC10TR7bc13krmv","title":"Link an AR account to a master billing account","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-linking-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to link an AR account (company or person) to a master AR account for billing purposes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"wrsHaYd3iZxcyYujtNrv","title":"Block purchases on account","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/blocking-purchases-on-account","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes two methods for blocking purchases on an AR account.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"yxt1ZUNYpYDtiqZriPEP","title":"View ledger entries","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/viewing-ledger-entries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes two methods for viewing the ledger entries for specific AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"1EWGasfSXbD4KHtbTgEM","title":"Enter adjustments on account","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/entering-adjustments-on-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to enter adjustments on AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"AvJxlMSNx0wpfWOmkW5C","title":"Close the billing cycle","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/closing-the-billing-cycle","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes two methods for closing the billing cycle for AR accounts. You must close the billing cycle before you print or email statements.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"Y8aL3ZDSpspOXcVfvz5t","title":"Print or email statements","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/printing-or-emailing-statements","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to print or email statements for AR accounts after you close the billing cycle.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"171EuoDGfEcK5ojZA3lG","title":"Look up previous statements","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/looking-up-previous-statements","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to look up previous statements for an AR account.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"ECtpzgEU3ZSF2nz88OBr","title":"Generate AR reports","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/generating-accounts-receivable-reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to generate AR reports so you can track purchases on AR accounts, identify AR accounts with unpaid balances, track payments to account, and more.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"BbAdslQAoQGvkYhZInIO","title":"Deactivate AR accounts","pathname":"/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-deactivating-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to deactivate AR accounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage accounts receivable"}]},{"id":"lhGqvQMBPObb3dpX5YKv","title":"Generate reports","pathname":"/store-manager/generate-reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"LnpE388SAaZWDUwbsPxB","title":"About active reports","pathname":"/store-manager/generate-reports/understanding-active-reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the different types of active reports available in RMH and where reports are saved on the local computer if you do not configure a shared network folder in Store Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Generate reports"}]},{"id":"7SwZADyoQa66oK7ysNlj","title":"Add filters","pathname":"/store-manager/generate-reports/reports-using-filters","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use filter options to control what data is included in reports.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Generate reports"}]},{"id":"huCyX41GNTh922qeAe5i","title":"Change report layouts","pathname":"/store-manager/generate-reports/reports-changing-layouts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to change the default layout of active reports. You can show or hide columns, move or resize columns, group or ungroup columns, and set record limits.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Generate reports"}]},{"id":"3F9YjTK5ar2lvP8gmbUX","title":"Add search, filters, or summaries","pathname":"/store-manager/generate-reports/reports-adding-search-filters-summaries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add a search/find field to reports and enable filters or summaries for column data.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Generate reports"}]},{"id":"0PJ3cwrCFL8E2QmKa8fx","title":"Export or print reports","pathname":"/store-manager/generate-reports/reports-exporting-printing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to export or print reports. You can export reports as spreadsheets (e.g., Microsoft Excel) or PDF.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Generate reports"}]},{"id":"m9WZFmF9xkKviaoZyDxg","title":"Save reports","pathname":"/store-manager/generate-reports/reports-saving","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes two methods for saving reports.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Generate reports"}]},{"id":"MBAcS1xFVCEj4SN9FSNE","title":"Administration","pathname":"/store-manager/administration","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"bf1Pud3pMsEvpXtre7D0","title":"Change the POS user interface language","pathname":"/store-manager/administration/administrator-changing-interface-language","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to change the POS user interface from English to one of the available languages, such as Spanish, French, or German.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Administration"}]},{"id":"DClGSCXMDQRyJcKd8wwb","title":"Back up the store database","pathname":"/store-manager/administration/backing-up-store-database","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to back up the store database using Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Store Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Administration"}]},{"id":"DYlM5ARpK1lyYORgFCyu","title":"Central Manager User Guide","pathname":"/central-manager","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":""},{"id":"v9t9HMRLKH2hlPybXmMF","title":"Configure store groups","pathname":"/central-manager/configure-stores","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"5lEWd2y1xsBlsnKyBctF","title":"Best practices for store groups","pathname":"/central-manager/configure-stores/best-practices-store-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for utilizing store groups to manage store inventory and to facilitate data synchronization between the Central database and the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure store groups"}]},{"id":"RToADiUrOOCnyfpGMXma","title":"Configure store groups","pathname":"/central-manager/configure-stores/setting-up-store-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure store groups.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Configure store groups"}]},{"id":"6KsstnsknpcYMvLNez0H","title":"Manage employees","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"UphtFJvtPYzWdMe89ARH","title":"Central users","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees/central-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"}]},{"id":"uWyXLjJWcYVI8M5cKRzQ","title":"Configure a Central Manager user password policy","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees/central-users/setting-up-central-user-password-policy","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to establish a password policy for head office employees. The password policy applies to all employees who have a user account for Central Manager or Central Loyalty.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Central users"}]},{"id":"SZfs3NDYHcKIERgqp2xW","title":"Configure Central Manager user roles","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees/central-users/setting-up-central-manager-user-roles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure Central Manager user roles.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Central users"}]},{"id":"iwgjHOg7vh7NnbCek4aI","title":"Create Central Manager user accounts","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees/central-users/setting-up-central-user-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create user accounts for employees who use the Central Manager app.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Central users"}]},{"id":"JuSwEl1tXiMvYtTw29Zs","title":"Store users","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees/store-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"}]},{"id":"aDryCZNssotdElODZpA5","title":"Configure a store user password policy","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees/store-users/setting-up-store-user-password-policy","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to establish a password policy for store employees. The password policy applies to all employees who have a user account for POS, Store Manager, or Store Loyalty.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Store users"}]},{"id":"UrS2WbWgXY47rTwQkqxj","title":"Configure Store Manager user roles","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees/store-users/setting-up-manager-role","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure user roles for employees who use Store Manager. User roles are groups of role-specific privileges that can be assigned to one or more employees.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Store users"}]},{"id":"rThy8eJwBu5tJH2SCiFe","title":"Configure POS user roles","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees/store-users/setting-up-pos-user-roles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure user roles for employees who use POS. User roles are groups of role-specific privileges that can be assigned to one or more employees.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Store users"}]},{"id":"LTcDVrdLF6WK7iZOQMIA","title":"Create store user accounts","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees/store-users/setting-up-store-user-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create user accounts for store employees.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"},{"label":"Store users"}]},{"id":"q14VMj2Es1S28vlsGhSd","title":"Deactivate user accounts","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-employees/deactivating-user-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to deactivate user accounts when a person's employment ends.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage employees"}]},{"id":"zP0FYTIK6XA1G0Ao0y6v","title":"Manage customers","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"ldFA3IjFeLqKS65rUtFB","title":"Synchronize customer records between stores","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-customers/customers-synchronizing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains how customer records are synchronized between centrally managed stores and the Central database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage customers"}]},{"id":"iwf5XAFxMAaVdBilKsdQ","title":"Manage store inventory using worksheets","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"VghpncvfjThQIxlnjon2","title":"About worksheets","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/using-worksheets","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how worksheets are used to manage store inventory from Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"FmIaMZgiqdI0ML1SN5b0","title":"List of available worksheets","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes all of the worksheets available in Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"gY7tvGn1Vv0TNgUPECjx","title":"Use file export and import to update worksheets","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/using-file-export-import-update","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to export worksheet data to a tab-delimited, comma-delimited, or XML-formatted file so you can edit it in another app, and then import the data back into RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"gDGRhpvOdimBaCYpdyxl","title":"Update item prices using Worksheet 251","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-251-update-item-prices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 251: Update Inventory - Item Prices.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"HAFuxgmJO7s1csuSLHIp","title":"Update matrix item prices using Worksheet 252","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-252-update-matrix-item-prices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 252: Update Matrix Items Prices.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"Y1liVt8DPIZ2jfFghl0K","title":"Download items to stores using Worksheet 261","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-261-download-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 261: Download Items.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"bDaK6Xf8k9orIvjqbbUD","title":"Change item ordering information using Worksheet 303","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-303-change-item-ordering-info","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 303: Change Item Ordering Info.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"dftjJM0P7HLiaOFDBNYv","title":"Update item prices using Worksheet 304","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-304-change-item-prices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 304: Change Item Prices (Regular).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"e19UJbtRse52KoOpIVWt","title":"Update restocking information using Worksheet 308","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-308-change-item-restocking-info","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 308: Change Item Restocking Info.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"OPk8bUQLDZ2kCEYkUktI","title":"Adjust item sales tax using Worksheet 320","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-320-adjust-item-sales-tax","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 320: Adjust Item Sales Tax.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"gexdeEVjvPegI8evd3Dm","title":"Block item sales using Worksheet 321","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-321-change-item-block-sales","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 321: Change Item Block Sales.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"Ai5bMmw5SPYicXwUDXlx","title":"Change item discounts using Worksheet 322","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-322-change-item-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 322: Change Item Discounts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"0AzSzP1WzxsIXb1XuXU1","title":"Initiate inventory transfers between stores using Worksheet 330","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-330-inventory-transfer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 330: Inventory Transfer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"juMXpVMWx67ix7sls1WF","title":"Initiate purchase orders using Worksheet 340","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-340-purchase-order-planner","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 340: PO Planner.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"uyvdoDx2UjdWRlHIsuhq","title":"Update item prices using Worksheet 351","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-351-update-item-prices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 351: Update Inventory - Item Prices Cost (Regular).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"rs61v8DelD6MoKTUYMRN","title":"Reconcile store inventory using Worksheet 501 with Task 190","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-501-request-full-inv-count","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Worksheet 501: Request Full Inventory Count and Task 190: Reconcile Inventory.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using worksheets"}]},{"id":"7js3FwmoEqpmtFKuGFAE","title":"Manage store inventory using the Inventory Wizard","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-the-inventory-wizard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"LEBOH7oiaPEUi9hHg8cq","title":"Make items active/inactive","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-the-inventory-wizard/inventory-wizard-active-inactive","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Task 200: Make Items Active and Task 210: Make Items Inactive.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using the Inventory Wizard"}]},{"id":"vAJ4LXjqH2WzzeGKCrdh","title":"Assign discounts to items","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-the-inventory-wizard/inventory-wizard-active-inactive-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Task 5020: Set Item Discount.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using the Inventory Wizard"}]},{"id":"SGkBByKwIbTqZBxSkCgM","title":"Prevent items from being added to purchase orders","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-the-inventory-wizard/inventory-wizard-po","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Task 1010: May not be placed on purchase order.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using the Inventory Wizard"}]},{"id":"upC0UHs1yCZiSPouc6f4","title":"Mark items as available on the website","pathname":"/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-the-inventory-wizard/inventory-wizard-po-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to use Task 1230: Item is available on the website.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Central Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Manage store inventory using the Inventory Wizard"}]},{"id":"Y2xbQ9KeQMia1nPgMvbr","title":"Loyalty Manager User Guide","pathname":"/loyalty-manager","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":""},{"id":"tPYpA2youNzOqudsEpqg","title":"About RMH Loyalty","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/overview","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic introduces the RMH Loyalty extension for RMH. It allows stores to create their own customer loyalty programs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"nDkzD5uQgqll64jcXEjq","title":"Best practices for RMH Loyalty","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for using RMH Loyalty to create a customer loyalty program.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"agKECGN7URFtry42hzUA","title":"Explore the Loyalty Manager screen","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/opening-lm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explores elements of the Loyalty Manager app screen, such as the Customer Management, Incentive Groups, Customer Groups, Collection, Redemption, Accelerators, and Loyalty tabs.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"usOYP7gtzSHtmmKi7K0e","title":"Loyalty concepts","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"VcvFVCrmRNqv9PUaPUVl","title":"Loyalty programs","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/loyalty-programs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains how loyalty programs are created by defining points collection and points redemption schedules, and enabling or disabling customer opt in.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Loyalty concepts"}]},{"id":"GU3KJnCskK2t70xLV2wF","title":"Collection schedules","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/collection-schedules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains the role of point collection schedules.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Loyalty concepts"}]},{"id":"LmE7038ZnonjfhT3g8eV","title":"Redemption schedules","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/redemption-schedules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains the role of points redemption schedules.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Loyalty concepts"}]},{"id":"RnePdmx387i5Ow9w3SvU","title":"Point accelerators","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/point-accelerators","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains the role of point accelerators.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Loyalty concepts"}]},{"id":"K2FwWVQpUFrZ3nz8ykIZ","title":"Incentive groups","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/incentive-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains the role of incentive groups.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Loyalty concepts"}]},{"id":"2DUuaXYZkbVzKMRN9fdd","title":"Customer groups","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/customer-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains the role of customer groups.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Loyalty concepts"}]},{"id":"RlZaDUQvdMSfuhSjdziU","title":"Loyalty batch","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/loyalty-batch","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains the role of the loyalty batch.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Loyalty concepts"}]},{"id":"A5uiALzpRdGjfao1LDmJ","title":"Create a collection schedule","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-a-collection-schedule","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"s0D8ov47wc6qXCXedv78","title":"Collection types","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-a-collection-schedule/collection-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explores the three types of point collection schedules: price points, basket points, and quantity points.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Create a collection schedule"}]},{"id":"082d4iGKdC92GXDBLbbB","title":"Collection rules","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-a-collection-schedule/collection-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the mandatory and optional rules for point collection schedules.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Create a collection schedule"}]},{"id":"fnNsepmaPKoIlHN91GLz","title":"Create a collection schedule","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-a-collection-schedule/creating-collection-schedule","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create a points collection schedule.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Create a collection schedule"}]},{"id":"Q4VWBorkJ4MhPtSIWbbt","title":"Create a redemption schedule","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-a-redemption-schedule","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"fCsa6vQq6v7bsUgxc2b8","title":"Redemption types","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-a-redemption-schedule/redemption-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explores the seven point redemption types available in RMH Loyalty: dollar discount, percent discount, offset, coupon percent coupon, offset coupon, and reward item.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Create a redemption schedule"}]},{"id":"caHi64AhADXVwBlRPZvX","title":"Redemption rules","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-a-redemption-schedule/redemption-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the mandatory and optional rules for point redemption schedules.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Create a redemption schedule"}]},{"id":"Aa0O9NCygSOLFi0OCe2g","title":"Redemption matrix","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-a-redemption-schedule/redemption-matrix","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explores common loyalty program scenarios.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Create a redemption schedule"}]},{"id":"IHWhuxnY9P32dbDb7ZSA","title":"Create a redemption schedule","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-a-redemption-schedule/creating-redemption-schedule","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create a points redemption schedule.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Create a redemption schedule"}]},{"id":"sdgQ3XkGG5LyiI1JcM3c","title":"Create point accelerators","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-point-accelerators","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"dxyTTApXcJdO6DWknc3V","title":"Accelerator types","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-point-accelerators/accelerator-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explores the four types of point accelerators available in RMH Loyalty: happy hour, promo, sales, and club.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Create point accelerators"}]},{"id":"mN4HMqI8w6XZcB5k1uX3","title":"Accelerator rules","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/create-point-accelerators/accelerator-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the mandatory rules for point accelerators.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"},{"label":"Create point accelerators"}]},{"id":"gwuK9FLM4DodX814uLlQ","title":"Create a loyalty program","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/creating-loyalty-program","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create a loyalty program and connect it to the applicable points collection and points redemption schedules. You can also set an effective date and enable/disable opt in.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"2Q6zBkawoNsUuKXUYNID","title":"Configure the POS receipt to display Loyalty program information","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/configuring-pos-receipt","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure the POS receipt template to display the loyalty program name as well as points earned, points redeemed, point balances, and messages on receipts.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"4IFwqnpesERml45jwh2m","title":"Collect and redeem Loyalty points in POS","pathname":"/loyalty-manager/using-loyalty-at-pos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how customers can collect and redeem loyalty program points in POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Loyalty Manager User Guide"}]},{"id":"zmIES5nn9fBkfyb2l2Gr","title":"Video Tutorials","pathname":"/video-tutorials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic provides links to videos that stores can use to train their employees to perform basic tasks in POS, Store Manager, Loyalty Manager, and Central Manager."},{"id":"AM05ifule6CScMaGOgZX","title":"RMH Installation Guide","pathname":"/installation","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":""},{"id":"HhvH4vKIbXA1Sp2rN4xi","title":"RMH apps","pathname":"/installation/rmh-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the various RMH apps: POS, Store Manager, Store Administrator, Central Manager, Central Administrator, Central Server, Central Client, and Loyalty Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"YuC6yycz1Npamml06MJU","title":"System requirements","pathname":"/installation/system-requirements","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic identifies the minimum and recommended system requirements for RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"WT2iDh6C5FVnNSPDc1A5","title":"Deployment options","pathname":"/installation/deployment-options","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"HXrYyURMXGB97YXu5Fyw","title":"Single store deployments","pathname":"/installation/deployment-options/deployment-options-ss","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes common single store deployments of RMH. Deployments are also known as implementations.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Deployment options"}]},{"id":"ZfsWE8dnZXjJwVgUkqU6","title":"Multi-store deployments","pathname":"/installation/deployment-options/deployment-options-ms-cm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes common multi-store deployments of RMH. Deployments are also known as implementations.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Deployment options"}]},{"id":"eUNS9lbEbiwURkq68Q5N","title":"Loyalty Manager deployments","pathname":"/installation/deployment-options/deployment-options-w-lm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes common Store Loyalty and Central Loyalty deployments for RMH. Deployments are also known as implementations.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Deployment options"}]},{"id":"vQkiHdWuuiI6SKlZcmdF","title":"Licensing","pathname":"/installation/licensing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"HCJJ0A9Qr6GJoE54fBaI","title":"About license keys and activation","pathname":"/installation/licensing/licensing-activations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains the cloud licensing mechanism used by RMH, and how license keys are activated for the licensed RMH apps (POS, Store Manager, Central Manager, and Central Connector/Central Client).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Licensing"}]},{"id":"cyVkOoMvcDCweY1y0hVR","title":"About license keys and concurrent seats","pathname":"/installation/licensing/licensing-concurrent-seats","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains the concepts of concurrent seats, which are also known as floating seats. It also explains how seats are validated at logon, and what happens if RMH cannot renew seats.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Licensing"}]},{"id":"GT6lMpykr5zsegvC0X2y","title":"About internet connectivity and licensing","pathname":"/installation/licensing/licensing-offline","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains how an internet connection is required for RMH licensing, and what happens if licensed RMH apps lose internet connectivity.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Licensing"}]},{"id":"jjuQayec2S8HBeXPWP3h","title":"Perpetual vs subscription licenses","pathname":"/installation/licensing/licensing-type","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the perpetual and subscription licenses types available for the licensed RMH apps.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Licensing"}]},{"id":"YPrRbm8xdhU2ybDI1WbP","title":"Frequently asked questions about licensing","pathname":"/installation/licensing/licensing-faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic answers frequently asked questions about RMH licensing.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Licensing"}]},{"id":"9YnJdIUdUIEtxmEiIy9N","title":"Convert from MLM licensing to RMH Hub licensing","pathname":"/installation/licensing/licensing-mlm-to-ls","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure the licensed RMH apps to use license keys obtained through the RMH Hub.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Licensing"}]},{"id":"xQKg1Wrt5aCLy1RuCXAQ","title":"Changing the store's name or address in MLM","pathname":"/installation/licensing/licensing-changing-store-info","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to change the store's name or address in the Multi-License Module, or MLM.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Licensing"}]},{"id":"oh1slccZC555u5wZwkZd","title":"Troubleshooting licensing","pathname":"/installation/licensing/licensing-troubleshooting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to troubleshoot common issues with RMH licensing.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Licensing"}]},{"id":"8rhwcl2TRadSDrCAnBBq","title":"Network best practices","pathname":"/installation/nbp_topics","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"bNqYLtanf9Z0eYl3O0at","title":"Introduction","pathname":"/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-introduction","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Network best practices"}]},{"id":"bUOvt8RmOYkWYtrQ5bYn","title":"Deployment options","pathname":"/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-rmh-deployment-options","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes network deployment options for stores and RMH apps. Deployment is also known as implementation.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Network best practices"}]},{"id":"ff1qwJKHHswzkeCte9WZ","title":"Configure the network","pathname":"/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-configuring","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes one method for configuring the store's network.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Network best practices"}]},{"id":"KwbnNluIGVVBC7vLBP78","title":"Secure and isolate the network","pathname":"/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-securing-and-isolating","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Network best practices"}]},{"id":"X1K7O4uze0CsFP2Q8cEv","title":"Create a subnet for RMH","pathname":"/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-securing-and-isolating/nbp-network-create-rmh-subnet","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create a subnet for RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Network best practices"},{"label":"Secure and isolate the network"}]},{"id":"P9X3UduJ34W0IWiLeMHu","title":"Disable DHCP","pathname":"/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-securing-and-isolating/nbp-network-disable-dhcp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to disable DHCP to prevent the router from automatically assigning IP addresses to devices that connect to the RMH network.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Network best practices"},{"label":"Secure and isolate the network"}]},{"id":"Bu007bxv1XbI8iXLFv9G","title":"Assign a static IP address","pathname":"/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-securing-and-isolating/nbp-network-assign-static-ip","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to assign a static IP address to all store computers and peripheral devices that need to access the RMH network.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Network best practices"},{"label":"Secure and isolate the network"}]},{"id":"sz2pZE5XjaxlOBsWvu7J","title":"Implement an internet failover solution","pathname":"/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-internet-failover","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes best practices for implementing an internet failover solution so the store can continue to process electronic payments if the store loses its internet connection.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Network best practices"}]},{"id":"FX3FvJKiv18MXHsX1k8c","title":"Conclusion and example","pathname":"/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-conclusion","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Network best practices"}]},{"id":"LtbIhw4U6l5CnTfsaGnZ","title":"Install .NET","pathname":"/installation/installation-dot-net","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install .NET on store computers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"2b6Vfo9Cf459XhG2eGjs","title":"Install Microsoft SQL Server","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"hpFX3WZin9r818bAdPb2","title":"RMH and SQL Server FAQs","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"}]},{"id":"TBeq2WWRNjONOKUe3inS","title":"Introduction","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-introduction","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"RMH and SQL Server FAQs"}]},{"id":"dlXovonmh9JpKzQf4Wrt","title":"What are the limitations of SQL Server Express?","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-what-are-limitations-of-sql-express","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes the database size, memory, and processor limitations of SQL Server Express.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"RMH and SQL Server FAQs"}]},{"id":"EvhJ0yaooGtLh1gvjCBb","title":"What contributes to RMH database growth?","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-what-contributes-rmh-database-growth","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes what causes the RMH database to grow in size.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"RMH and SQL Server FAQs"}]},{"id":"MFvVN8ZRk3wm38kTu1vf","title":"When should I upgrade from SQL Server Express?","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-when-to-upgrade-from-sql-express","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explores the reasons why a store should upgrade from SQL Server Express to a paid edition of SQL Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"RMH and SQL Server FAQs"}]},{"id":"N9mAHULU96IdgpFL8YsL","title":"Where can I get SQL Server pricing and licensing information?","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-pricing-licensing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how client access licenses (CALs) work and where stores can get more information about SQL Server licensing and pricing.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"RMH and SQL Server FAQs"}]},{"id":"IXMkMUm9AdEZDeyfotbb","title":"Does installing SQL Server on a dedicated computer improve performance?","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-does-installing-sql-on-dedicated-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explores how you can improve performance by installing SQL Server on a dedicated computer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"RMH and SQL Server FAQs"}]},{"id":"MrBjj2iwPf4UzFDVjMCw","title":"How can I configure SQL Server on a remote computer?","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-how-to-configure-sql-on-remote-machine","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how you can configure SQL Server on a remote computer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"RMH and SQL Server FAQs"}]},{"id":"SFARDchIbM1GRoOhJrso","title":"Conclusion","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-conclusion","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"RMH and SQL Server FAQs"}]},{"id":"1kw37NhpBureO1QrCaRH","title":"Install Microsoft SQL Server","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/installation-sql-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic provides an example of how to install Microsoft SQL Server. Refer to the official Microsoft documentation for complete installation instructions.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"}]},{"id":"NGBrqaJbc3CE3Kxn65qq","title":"(Optional) Install Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/installation-sql-server-management-studio","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic provides an example of how to install Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio. Refer to the official Microsoft documentation for complete installation instructions.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"}]},{"id":"yQGcDwBcVIBysyTQ3P35","title":"Enable TCP/IP and open port 1433","pathname":"/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/installation-sql-server-tcpip-ports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to enable TCP/IP and open port 1433 so the RMH apps can communicate with SQL Server and synchronize data with the store database.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Microsoft SQL Server"}]},{"id":"nyioSj0BllBd391YPbiO","title":"Download the RMH release package","pathname":"/installation/release-package","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to download the RMH release package from the support website.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"ge58cnn9dLDsANrl11H3","title":"Install Store Manager (single store)","pathname":"/installation/install-store-manager-single-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"WV89sjStce6TZDK8pBDL","title":"Single store installation checklist","pathname":"/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/checklist-single-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic provides a checklist for installing RMH in a single store. Print out this checklist and cross off each step as you complete it.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Store Manager (single store)"}]},{"id":"PjalSzM3kmgT3Nr9arJ1","title":"Install Store Manager","pathname":"/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install Store Manager on a store computer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Store Manager (single store)"}]},{"id":"aGpLdQhE0PhgaLXvlQlq","title":"Configure the connection to SQL Server and the store database","pathname":"/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm-configuration-sql-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure the connection to SQL Server and the store database in Store Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Store Manager (single store)"}]},{"id":"7Nf50jXEAZ1MrSAAbZfF","title":"Connect to SQL Server and the store database","pathname":"/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm-connect-sql-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to connect to SQL Server and the store database in Store Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Store Manager (single store)"}]},{"id":"16LQh7dKc7mxEDPfdVG6","title":"(Optional) Create a new store database","pathname":"/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm-create-store-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create a new store database in Store Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Store Manager (single store)"}]},{"id":"XxjxcF4JtM8rRgrhaHhQ","title":"(Optional) Install MLM","pathname":"/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-mlm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install the Multi-License Module, or MLM, on a store computer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Store Manager (single store)"}]},{"id":"ox5wTDQYFpbJi7a6lcOM","title":"(Optional) Activate the Store Manager and POS licenses in MLM","pathname":"/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm-activate-license","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to activate the Store Manager and POS license keys in MLM.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Store Manager (single store)"}]},{"id":"8QPBnAt1pf36gykNSLZw","title":"Connect to the licensed store database and force install tables","pathname":"/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm-connect-to-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to connect to the licensed store database and update the tables in the store database using the Force Install Tables function.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Store Manager (single store)"}]},{"id":"DkY97PoZR8BffdXSLFwC","title":"Install POS","pathname":"/installation/install-pos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"rJVEVgeGQgLzARZv49cU","title":"Install POS for .NET","pathname":"/installation/install-pos/installation-pos-dot-net","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install POS for .NET on store computers that are running the POS app.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install POS"}]},{"id":"vBlFihIkNLWpn6Ihcq7E","title":"Install POS","pathname":"/installation/install-pos/installation-pos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install POS on store computers.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install POS"}]},{"id":"Z82c6GhcXrlUH0ORWpro","title":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"FaHKNpIbdzqUXLYhQzT7","title":"Multi-store installation checklist","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/checklist-multi-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic provides a checklist for installing RMH in a multi-store (Central) deployment. Print out this checklist and cross off each step as you complete it.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"kz1yFmmzcja9G8fFaUCQ","title":"Install Central Manager","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install Central Manager on a store computer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"nW4iNLBC9yelJgq6vek9","title":"Configure the connection to SQL Server and the Central database","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm-configuration-sql-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure the connection to SQL Server and the Central database in Central Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"oT7GpanAflgnHP94N0Vv","title":"Connect to SQL Server and the Central database and force install tables","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm-connect-to-central-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to connect to SQL Server and the Central database in Central Administrator, and how to update the tables in the Central database using the Force Install Tables function.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"q7ON13FuUvlOIeQlFual","title":"Activate the Central User license","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm-activate-license","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to activate the license key for Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"DTucQ4hofIXTshtk1rHb","title":"Install and configure Central Server","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-central-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install and configure Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"TIfDlhhYylyhvDQzHeIj","title":"Prepare the Central database and start server services","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-central-server-prepare-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to prepare the Central database and start Central Server services.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"0m4QlfPhuudtQzLF2nYq","title":"Install Store Manager","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-sm-cm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install Store Manager on a store computer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"DbV50WugqBHxdmdSCRIV","title":"Install and configure Central Client","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-central-client","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install and configure Central Client.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"sYMuTyQOYo12EiwCToXJ","title":"Activate the Central Connector license","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-central-client-activate-license","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to activate the license key for Central Client. This is called the Central Connector license key in the RMH Hub.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"gxtUGCiIDB2vVkLV0GN6","title":"Prepare the store database and start client services","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-central-client-prepare-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to prepare the store database and start Central Client services.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"rT1CUwXl6uoPG2s4CKgP","title":"Install and configure the Flash Bridge","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-flash-bridge","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install and configure the Flash Bridge on a store computer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"eCZtafX6M4bZrERvNOpE","title":"Configure Store Manager to operate with Central Manager","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm-configure-sm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure Store Manager to operate with Central Manager. This involves enabling Central Mode in Store Manager and entering the Central Server input gateway host and port.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"NLDEoZyYMtKCJCULIf21","title":"Add the store to Central Manager","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm-configure-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to add a store to Central Manager by entering the store's unique Store ID and assigning the store to a store group.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"AkGgUn2mdkijm7K036SZ","title":"(Optional) Use the Backward Compatibility Extension","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/backward-compatibility","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"9b4bmyLFyHLIotRzyUce","title":"About the Backward Compatibility Extension","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/backward-compatibility/about-the-backward-compatibility-extension","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains the purpose of the Backward Compatibility Extension and summarizes how to deploy it to stores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"(Optional) Use the Backward Compatibility Extension"}]},{"id":"7qNpJTDLZOnXB0J7XEBX","title":"Install the Backward Compatibility Extension","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/backward-compatibility/backward-compatibility-installation","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install the Backward Compatibility Extension on a store computer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"(Optional) Use the Backward Compatibility Extension"}]},{"id":"9UdJHZBJm7K1mW73BXLs","title":"Identify the stores that are Flash and non-Flash","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/backward-compatibility/backward-compatibility-identify-stores","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to identify stores that are Flash and non-Flash in Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"(Optional) Use the Backward Compatibility Extension"}]},{"id":"kFx3Hy8E536Uk4Ac4qmZ","title":"Turn off the worksheet processor service","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/backward-compatibility/backward-compatibility-worksheet-processor","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to turn off the RMH Worksheet Processor service on store computers running the Backward Compatibility Extension. The extension uses the RMH Central Custom service.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"(Optional) Use the Backward Compatibility Extension"}]},{"id":"KJXIXvsfpfOnS9OgZq7Z","title":"Manage services","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"}]},{"id":"cupkskuoDH4akG8ebW76","title":"Review the Central Client dashboard","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-client-dashboard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explores what information is available on the Central Client dashboard.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"}]},{"id":"UsmtFVDxYtOU0tqNX2dg","title":"Review the Central Server dashboard","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-server-dashboard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explores what information is available on the Central Server dashboard.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"}]},{"id":"hSYxPnTrgctFAVqj19jQ","title":"Stop or start services","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-services-stop-start","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to stop or start services in Central Client or Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"}]},{"id":"cMu3skBZ24qVoFA6sfPm","title":"Modify settings","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/modify-settings","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"}]},{"id":"xRiSFXVoPKyCHs31oo6F","title":"Modify the Central Client settings","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/modify-settings/central-client-settings","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to modify the Central Client settings, such as the connection to the SQL Server and store database, the Store Input Gateway, the Central Input Gateway, and more.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"},{"label":"Modify settings"}]},{"id":"klIDBHVAM1ySueihtlVm","title":"Modify the Central Server settings","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/modify-settings/central-server-settings","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to modify the Central Server settings, such as the connection to the SQL Server and Central database, the Central Input Gateway, and more.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"},{"label":"Modify settings"}]},{"id":"UhYwlfwwsyWcOiEb89nO","title":"Run the Consistency Checker","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/consistency-checker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"}]},{"id":"V5vXZI7osxnIpsKkwO4X","title":"About the Consistency Checker","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/consistency-checker/about-the-consistency-checker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic explains the purpose of the Consistency Checker, and identifies three methods for running the Consistency Checker in stores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"},{"label":"Run the Consistency Checker"}]},{"id":"pGPOP6m4HQlUNlfnkWLh","title":"Run manually in Central Client","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/consistency-checker/consistency-checker-central-client-flash","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to run the Consistency Checker manually in Central Client.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"},{"label":"Run the Consistency Checker"}]},{"id":"rgY0SnunfctikwacmPAh","title":"Run manually from Command Prompt or PowerShell","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/consistency-checker/consistency-checker-command-prompt","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to run the Consistency Checker manually from the Command Prompt or PowerShell.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"},{"label":"Run the Consistency Checker"}]},{"id":"NHjone3U7mriOEXUhFJz","title":"Schedule to run automatically using Windows Task Scheduler","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/consistency-checker/consistency-checker-task-scheduler","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to create a task in Windows Task Scheduler to run the Consistency Checker on specific days or times.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"},{"label":"Run the Consistency Checker"}]},{"id":"tonLuJFv4bkTKY32wSik","title":"Review logs","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-logs-flash","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to review logs in Central Client or Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"}]},{"id":"7j6dI9vC0UgugW38bA99","title":"Review events","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-events-flash","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to review events in Central Client or Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"}]},{"id":"YXzZyXKzDYJPiqliEXFg","title":"Review failed jobs","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-failed-jobs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to review failed jobs in Central Client or Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"}]},{"id":"rFAmztBBjoq3TUmHbLvw","title":"Review the licenses","pathname":"/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-license","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to review the license keys for Central Manager and Central Client. The Central Client license key is also known as the Central Connector license key.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Install Central Manager (multi-store)"},{"label":"Manage services"}]},{"id":"l7qzcFBI4t1XyLHQPTac","title":"Install Loyalty Manager","pathname":"/installation/installation-lm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to install Store Loyalty or Central Loyalty.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"RnD65XEMblzvBVziLLrT","title":"Migrate from RMS to RMH","pathname":"/installation/migrate-from-rms-to-rmh","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"6RyDc1pF0uVVnmTDsCgT","title":"Migrate from Store Operations to Store Manager","pathname":"/installation/migrate-from-rms-to-rmh/migration-so-to-sm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic identifies one method for migrating stores from RMS Store Operations to RMH Store Manager. Contact your partner for more information.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Migrate from RMS to RMH"}]},{"id":"McwAbBtkspf37OdKmpfO","title":"Migrate from Headquarters to Central Manager","pathname":"/installation/migrate-from-rms-to-rmh/migration-hq-to-cm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic identifies one method for migrating stores from RMS Headquarters to RMH Central Manager. Contact your partner for more information.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Migrate from RMS to RMH"}]},{"id":"PDabxcHeVz5nW7cI6vRQ","title":"Upgrade RMH","pathname":"/installation/upgrade-rmh","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"yJvWPOV0YBQCMUUVhGTa","title":"Upgrade RMH","pathname":"/installation/upgrade-rmh/upgrading-rmh","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes one method for upgrading stores to a newer version of RMH. Contact your partner for more information.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Upgrade RMH"}]},{"id":"bBdPPtukoQsIsFUX5pzp","title":"Upgrade Classic Central to Flash Central","pathname":"/installation/upgrade-rmh/upgrading-cm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes one method for upgrading stores from Classic Central Manager (also known as non-Flash) to Flash Central Manager. Contact your partner for more information.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Upgrade RMH"}]},{"id":"roD7vE7z0YV8QaXqZxNv","title":"Other procedures","pathname":"/installation/other-procedures","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"}]},{"id":"ueUECrMQ4TnksSaMwKBB","title":"Configure currency settings","pathname":"/installation/other-procedures/configure-system-settings","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to configure currency settings on a Windows computer so item prices in POS and Store Manager use local currency symbols and formats.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Other procedures"}]},{"id":"DEkAb8JMzhFiLZm2lW6H","title":"Run Force Install Tables as an executable","pathname":"/installation/other-procedures/force-install-tables-executable","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to run the Force Install Tables function as an executable.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Other procedures"}]},{"id":"DjF9xWMmcqVNY5lHlHP5","title":"Set up Central Manager and multiple stores on a test machine","pathname":"/installation/other-procedures/installation-cm-stores-test-machine-flash","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to set up Central Manager and multiple stores on one computer for testing purposes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Other procedures"}]},{"id":"AmKUKuernTZknW14azab","title":"Improve display time performance for item lists in Central Manager","pathname":"/installation/other-procedures/configuring-performance-item-lists","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to edit the RMH.Central.config file to improve display time performance for item lists in Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Other procedures"}]},{"id":"jDGtW68flf7cDp0oyY8v","title":"Exporting a store database from Central Administrator","pathname":"/installation/other-procedures/central-admin-export-store-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"This topic describes how to export a store database from Central Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"RMH Installation Guide"},{"label":"Other procedures"}]},{"id":"yM5isXpXypHBiHVAxoya","title":"Release Documentation","pathname":"/releases","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":""},{"id":"Ox2RZGOhuI1ieRdHZFXD","title":"3.51.15","pathname":"/releases/3.51.15","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"}]},{"id":"CWCDSwzAMynZmyLMyMx6","title":"3.51.14","pathname":"/releases/3.51.14","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"}]},{"id":"t4lIxJ5sgIYTPENc53Bb","title":"3.51.13","pathname":"/releases/3-51-13","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"}]},{"id":"SY0pHk68Tu79P2lFCpKJ","title":"Older releases","pathname":"/releases/old","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"}]},{"id":"KyiXTPXAR7L1LOrmo8Ai","title":"3.51.12","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-12","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"yVHV2OeGNvWTc9jxaFxD","title":"3.51.11","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-11","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"DZV9CFJqfH2drpLJ7MQO","title":"3.51.10","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-10","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"KxBnVgjBio4xMnKU6RK1","title":"3.51.9","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-9","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"6LNz1JxFFVFsXTJcVdCV","title":"3.51.8","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-8","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"JmWrN8psMDEpzy3YQY5u","title":"3.51.7","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-7","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"qmiwUCXlhjHfBtIeDsgb","title":"3.51.6","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-6","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"gnFelDlNnGrhYNcnxv8H","title":"3.51.5","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-5","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"1ZAeM8XWpyAoVqqIBv1Y","title":"3.51.4","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-4","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"C9JT1owH1PQRyZXKH3T3","title":"3.51.3","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-3","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"RfebkBwmeTQ19WEAVSvK","title":"3.51.2","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-2","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"EvUQOPjfJEHDxrnPRvyS","title":"3.51.1","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"Jc2qeEVGXOqDEJJAxfR1","title":"3.51.0","pathname":"/releases/old/3-51-0","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"uHbB1jDMoNrzT65f5Nig","title":"3.50.18","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-18","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"cpCp0ykAHVm1eiArQxVF","title":"3.50.17","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-17","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"nMrJIwTIGHOYzLClYi7A","title":"3.50.16","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-16","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"nooBl7ZnbrliUXqCqN3t","title":"3.50.15","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-15","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"DzxvSEQh6LcjiiRtiEGP","title":"3.50.14","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-14","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"tL8DTkfiihkMtsHpOaUj","title":"3.50.13","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-13","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"xJCNZiWIBkKjveZ4oyAs","title":"3.50.12","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-12","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"54gcH7unTMBwJahr5HLU","title":"3.50.11","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-11","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"PgwWoQY7oPeow5ZejoG7","title":"3.50.10","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-10","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"sncrilYQXYxpSsYT7Sv7","title":"3.50.9","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-9","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"MYTnb0j360PobrysIF4R","title":"3.50.8","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-8","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"SJKuoLMWbejV53o0cjSp","title":"3.50.7","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-7","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"QgjCcnhdKAsOryYqcWOW","title":"3.50.6","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-6","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"dmxcay3BeHXwh5Kg7XEo","title":"3.50.5","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-5","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"skVgUDIJ0caOqffSJyJs","title":"3.50.4","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-4","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"x0KVxNGr5AuNrM9tui0V","title":"3.50.3","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-3","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"39FvZ37G5nrBfMXdPdR0","title":"3.50.2","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-2","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"4C736yuX2Ax7xZm7SlGh","title":"3.50.1","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"I1jPj0So8ExnKsaLhojk","title":"3.50.0","pathname":"/releases/old/3-50-0","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"aYoy12nXAkDOkCwtcYM8","title":"3.11.21","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-21","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"0vqFe2vdCqpr5Rh1UmRh","title":"3.11.20","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-20","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"e0YHiC1ULZbIieOAEnLA","title":"3.11.19","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-19","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"LYHuTJqIToHulwGiUf37","title":"3.11.18","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-18","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"SCeYyGEzOCIPq7bikwtq","title":"3.11.17","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-17","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"MlRpvMBzTDIoGVdc6Ima","title":"3.11.16","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-16","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"LXIzQWoIrtakfKNpn59p","title":"3.11.15","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-15","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"4XaiKMV7VY8uLDXCnuw2","title":"3.11.14","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-14","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"9G7FqrlWjfYiRA2bjN03","title":"3.11.13","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-13","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"vkVgyRsrUGYnDQneG8D0","title":"3.11.12","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-12","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"Ewr8L14Cfddt1TyU9dvw","title":"3.11.11","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-11","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"0AeH5UBCtaEhNS19YeVw","title":"3.11.10","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-10","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"YX55xgmS63MPBwj5fVM5","title":"3.11.9","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-9","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"9ktRgvsv0I1s5DODzQjk","title":"3.11.8","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-8","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"rV0afX5Wo5jGrBppUf7U","title":"3.11.7","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-7","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"67QfuNecnwiQZf7dTlFS","title":"3.11.6","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-6","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"Iw1uWXC5KSptF7Oo1op0","title":"3.11.5","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-5","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"7brdox4d7dCYiCwJV42K","title":"3.11.4","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-4","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"xzbIYwTQEeIIOJqpIGSZ","title":"3.11.3","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-3","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"0OzUlyQeagieaqoyPBFm","title":"3.11.2","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-2","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"KNmZyGrfZCcS0cLDHfY4","title":"3.11.1","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"1DQyyDPLoZK8o2yQ3zLi","title":"3.11.0","pathname":"/releases/old/3-11-0","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"EGYMYf5cZWu9efnrzlWU","title":"3.10.8","pathname":"/releases/old/3-10-8","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"PKBrnz4ts3HmXLLH3c84","title":"3.10.7","pathname":"/releases/old/3-10-7","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"9pKQfqFENHLneKkp04Xt","title":"3.10.6","pathname":"/releases/old/3-10-6","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"GTuPJ3hxEOnScS5OSaPh","title":"3.10.5","pathname":"/releases/old/3-10-5","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"AwErgdnPQtRvrBphRig5","title":"3.10.4","pathname":"/releases/old/3-10-4","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"62Bu6bHUElGmPD0pNbEp","title":"3.10.3","pathname":"/releases/old/3-10-3","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"4xQjpX24FonHGiJLjZSz","title":"3.10.2","pathname":"/releases/old/3-10-2","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"HsKLlRnhNDU9BFNOvsz2","title":"3.10.1","pathname":"/releases/old/3-10-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"FuXAhJSbXqk0aOoKUEru","title":"3.10.0","pathname":"/releases/old/3-10-0","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"a8GvgNAT3y4pErcL8Zct","title":"3.9.21","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-21","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"pPUvmWdRsWqtZ8XCAYPV","title":"3.9.20","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-20","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"iz724xC4tp0FtehxoX9T","title":"3.9.19","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-19","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"gTEsdFIHZlPSmmCM9RyH","title":"3.9.18","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-18","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"rAHAoF4Jg1CQslLaqo0M","title":"3.9.17","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-17","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"gTyDfzECWaQqGEO2hFE6","title":"3.9.16","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-16","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"FbqFITtEzuH6Ito8Vmoo","title":"3.9.15","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-15","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"1I3zZ9E2wQMqcoiKJb0T","title":"3.9.14","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-14","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"Ht8oJ6eCJKsHOh80s9BA","title":"3.9.13","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-13","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"9eXBE75zJ9G3hLuHGBuV","title":"3.9.12","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-12","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"uAGBIUS2C7ZNvtSP7LYt","title":"3.9.11","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-11","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"xfAqmf1VF2xjpesHNSap","title":"3.9.10","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-10","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"FxN2joT0qkEqoCCIPa8Y","title":"3.9.9","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-9","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"xrcFlmKTfK7i6tIXEgyC","title":"3.9.8","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-8","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"VwAAIIAXEUd4cPdjh9HG","title":"3.9.7","pathname":"/releases/old/3-9-7","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"},{"label":"Older releases"}]},{"id":"hVH5NYz4zAbiVZwldW7A","title":"Releases and features reference","pathname":"/releases/releases-features-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"}]},{"id":"wlRU2MFoEpMHwcKbWR4p","title":"Features and releases reference","pathname":"/releases/features-releases-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"}]},{"id":"1NpazUSWPC1evtGuHV8W","title":"POS commands changes reference","pathname":"/releases/commands-changes-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"}]},{"id":"BIjOTvQflnbQOxYtznIX","title":"Database and schema changes reference","pathname":"/releases/database-schema-changes-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"}]},{"id":"9BBvQB7t5qKbcjmnVQfD","title":"Software Development Kit (SDK) changes reference","pathname":"/releases/sdk-changes-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Release Documentation"}]},{"id":"esaNroiqqeggpLzvILki","title":"Glossary","pathname":"/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_4NgZL","description":""},{"id":"8a137658ce3e2418dba4e81f078588e98cd8db21","title":"Bienvenido","pathname":"/es","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es"},{"id":"5d2e2c2eda4eb5dc2ae85d4c1112f9eece75f05d","title":"Guía del usuario de POS","pathname":"/es/readme-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":""},{"id":"86c587ab9070c7016a7c3d5aea4cca4c24b0c7b0","title":"Acerca de POS, Store Manager y Central Manager","pathname":"/es/readme-1/about-pos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema presenta las principales aplicaciones de RMH e identifica los periféricos comunes de POS. También aborda las integraciones de pagos, el SDK de POS y el cumplimiento de WAM.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"4dc553d2abebda920069270bac9db8edd2bf5c2f","title":"Explorar la pantalla de POS","pathname":"/es/readme-1/exploring-the-pos-screen","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explora elementos de la pantalla de la aplicación POS, como las pestañas Transaction e Internet, el campo de búsqueda, los botones de función, el teclado y los paneles Custom Commands y Task Pad.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"92e1d46465b5b8ec9ed98fe40e2bd6d2f0dbdc7e","title":"Abrir y cerrar lotes","pathname":"/es/readme-1/open-and-close-batches","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"729aafe4a998e4d15aa6a0750f28a74d62e3e7d1","title":"Introducir importes de efectivo de apertura","pathname":"/es/readme-1/open-and-close-batches/entering-opening-amounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden introducir importes de efectivo de apertura para el lote de una caja registradora.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Abrir y cerrar lotes"}]},{"id":"43e29103ad6009e5c5fc0854ebba8a3646ce6d81","title":"Realizar cierres ciegos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/open-and-close-batches/performing-blind-closeouts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden realizar un cierre ciego para el lote de una caja registradora.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Abrir y cerrar lotes"}]},{"id":"ad1dfdec9c923195372feddd620fc107f5583738","title":"Introducir importes de efectivo de cierre","pathname":"/es/readme-1/open-and-close-batches/entering_closing-amounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden introducir importes de efectivo de cierre para el lote de una caja registradora.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Abrir y cerrar lotes"}]},{"id":"bf422f7426862081d5badc56282ec2aea03e100d","title":"Generar informes X, Z y ZZ","pathname":"/es/readme-1/open-and-close-batches/generating_x_z_zz_reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden generar informes X, Z y ZZ para el lote de una caja registradora.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Abrir y cerrar lotes"}]},{"id":"a291cfc5ed89bbf914f8fc73128839de5b4d068c","title":"Gestionar la caja registradora","pathname":"/es/readme-1/manage-the-cash-drawer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"aac40407525d23f65ce3a909e2b0b0b8a9e53511","title":"Realizar retiros de efectivo","pathname":"/es/readme-1/manage-the-cash-drawer/performing_cash_drops","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden realizar retiros de efectivo para extraer el exceso de efectivo de las cajas registradoras. Los importes de los retiros de efectivo se incluyen en el informe Z.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Gestionar la caja registradora"}]},{"id":"10b48091d1e999f53bd3f65f1f169daf874a8be2","title":"Realizar transacciones de \"no venta\"","pathname":"/es/readme-1/manage-the-cash-drawer/performing-no-sales","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden realizar transacciones de no venta para abrir un cajón de efectivo electrónico sin registrar una venta.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Gestionar la caja registradora"}]},{"id":"6589dd27d4ecb32391a421dcbd758365269416f7","title":"Realizar pagos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/manage-the-cash-drawer/performing-payouts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden realizar pagos desde el cajón de efectivo de una caja registradora para pagar pequeños gastos de la tienda. Los pagos se incluyen en los informes X, Z y ZZ.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Gestionar la caja registradora"}]},{"id":"6f76f2940f135b68e10fe5ec042966ff41132f94","title":"Trabajar con clientes","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"7ad86f2cc0217ab5d3e4249d258efd1545414ad5","title":"Buscar clientes","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-customers/customers-looking-up","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden buscar y seleccionar registros de clientes. También presenta el panel Customer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con clientes"}]},{"id":"da2d85008576d02f3adc72e65d4ea30bada55a30","title":"Agregar registros de clientes","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-customers/customers-adding","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden agregar registros de clientes. Proporciona explicaciones detalladas de los campos y opciones de las pestañas Billing, Options, Additional y Alias.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con clientes"}]},{"id":"72b874814af03c8b6ca20f28ff15fc8242e1ca62","title":"Editar registros de clientes","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-customers/customers-editing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden editar registros de clientes existentes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con clientes"}]},{"id":"e6f1bd896c48e35cefcb850e10450dbf49863fd3","title":"Agregar una dirección de envío","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-customers/shipping-adding-address","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden introducir direcciones de envío principales y secundarias para los clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con clientes"}]},{"id":"f6c6832c12783357390990c3d1250cbbb2e363cd","title":"Seleccionar una dirección de envío (o entrega)","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-customers/shipping-selecting-address","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden seleccionar la dirección de envío (o entrega) de un cliente desde la pantalla Transaction.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con clientes"}]},{"id":"95d0305a542d94f2f72f1b4e139506b6a26c9323","title":"Buscar el historial de compras de un cliente","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-customers/customers-purchase-history","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden buscar el historial de compras de un cliente en la tienda. Use este procedimiento para buscar fechas, números de transacción e ILC para devoluciones y cambios.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con clientes"}]},{"id":"abe7a37c187f34a895bd7fe527810f0caec14743","title":"Procesar una transacción básica","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"1d5fa77da225ce08533325c3341a2d1f247bbddc","title":"Buscar artículos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/items-looking-up","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe varios métodos diferentes para buscar artículos en la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Procesar una transacción básica"}]},{"id":"fb6db5f2d6369c84b23917d97dcc89e30755f329","title":"Agregar artículos a las transacciones","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-adding-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden agregar artículos a las transacciones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Procesar una transacción básica"}]},{"id":"2bffa3db64ca0c94ea55e3c1094685bc140d0067","title":"Trabajar con artículos en la pantalla de transacción","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-working-with-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden cambiar las cantidades y los precios de los artículos, duplicar artículos y eliminar artículos de una transacción.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Procesar una transacción básica"}]},{"id":"eacb648d365edf4348cdf9ed6e040122b88fed6e","title":"Agregar o quitar representantes de ventas","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-sales-representatives","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden agregar o quitar representantes de ventas para artículos específicos o para toda la transacción.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Procesar una transacción básica"}]},{"id":"8bc790f18eac704feb90958c419ed3969d4eabac","title":"Agregar comentarios","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/items-adding-comments","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden agregar comentarios para un artículo específico o para toda la transacción.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Procesar una transacción básica"}]},{"id":"ed879a4c3f5d97c805056ddc4043a61332d5f6b2","title":"Cobrar cargos por bolsa","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/bag-fees-collecting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe un método para cobrar cargos por bolsa. Su tienda puede tener diferentes métodos para cobrar cargos por bolsa. Consulte las políticas y procedimientos de su tienda para obtener más información.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Procesar una transacción básica"}]},{"id":"ca6616dc74bd38373a2e9dd32208f08cf2e6b235","title":"Cobrar impuestos por bolsa","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/bag-taxes-collecting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe un método para cobrar impuestos por bolsa. Su tienda puede tener diferentes métodos para cobrar impuestos por bolsa. Consulte las políticas y procedimientos de su tienda para obtener más información.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Procesar una transacción básica"}]},{"id":"46e4d85915330bac2bc9d9a2d9037efe745869da","title":"Cobrar una venta (general)","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-tendering-sale","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden cobrar una venta usando la pantalla Tender.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Procesar una transacción básica"}]},{"id":"460fc768eb0e3ea7d09e40df39c33ff5ed4379b8","title":"Cobrar una venta mediante cobro secuencial","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-tendering-seq-tendering","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden cobrar una venta usando la pantalla Sequential Tender.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Procesar una transacción básica"}]},{"id":"3b8626d5c7496a15a062364011a451df7e92113b","title":"Reimprimir recibos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/process-a-basic-transaction/transactions-reprint_receipt","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden reimprimir recibos y recibos de regalo para los clientes después de que la transacción haya sido cobrada.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Procesar una transacción básica"}]},{"id":"60df9f228802e5d503f354625169e185e1f959e3","title":"Tareas avanzadas de transacción","pathname":"/es/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"371375a592ed4308dc2047292789eb51505ea259","title":"Poner transacciones en espera","pathname":"/es/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks/transactions-putting-hold","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden poner transacciones en espera para poder recuperarlas y completarlas más tarde.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Tareas avanzadas de transacción"}]},{"id":"a6f21015a867b8e9763a597a4a4595fc199cb236","title":"Recuperar transacciones en espera","pathname":"/es/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks/transactions-recalling-hold","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden recuperar una transacción que se puso en espera anteriormente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Tareas avanzadas de transacción"}]},{"id":"7c0d2e873a0873c813caa7fd8925dc1fa132a1b6","title":"Cancelar transacciones","pathname":"/es/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks/transactions-canceling","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden cancelar transacciones antes de que hayan sido cobradas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Tareas avanzadas de transacción"}]},{"id":"df8ca41bf7ed0a014426de10a937459edb5da659","title":"Anular transacciones","pathname":"/es/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks/transactions-voiding","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden anular transacciones después de que hayan sido cobradas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Tareas avanzadas de transacción"}]},{"id":"6c8ee8ed91eca366e7e898ab5a4aef298cfc7000","title":"Realizar una anulación de cajero","pathname":"/es/readme-1/advanced-transaction-tasks/performing-cashier-override","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden realizar una anulación de cajero para empleados de la tienda que no tienen los permisos o privilegios suficientes para realizar una tarea.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Tareas avanzadas de transacción"}]},{"id":"e3f5148cb3758a300bf0ef183a528606865628a9","title":"Trabajar con descuentos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"2e9b311f7c52c3e02b4156da243e904d7a0494a7","title":"Acerca de los descuentos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-discounts/about-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe los distintos tipos de descuentos que los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden aplicar a la transacción de un cliente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con descuentos"}]},{"id":"c466d3e5789c68edf6a6e07ef6baa35099c3cd05","title":"Agregar descuentos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-discounts/transactions-adding-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden aplicar descuentos a artículos específicos o a toda la transacción.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con descuentos"}]},{"id":"fcca6b7347e8fa479b324e0a3bd8b2ae43f54dd3","title":"Trabajar con impuestos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"3729c7535e13eb802c02edd40f6c45db0ac582f3","title":"Quitar o cambiar impuestos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-taxes/transactions-working-with-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden quitar o cambiar impuestos para artículos específicos o para toda la transacción.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con impuestos"}]},{"id":"0323aefd37dec2dfcc2ff62dc251bfa0578f0d23","title":"Trabajar con vales","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"271469ab921ae2780912862be39b14423edca432","title":"Vender vales a los clientes","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-vouchers/transactions-selling-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden vender vales, como tarjetas de regalo y certificados de regalo, a los clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con vales"}]},{"id":"b14a8572a847579b52596426c72d0088f6852c98","title":"Consultar el saldo de vales de un cliente","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-vouchers/transactions-checking-voucher-balance","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden consultar el saldo de vales de un cliente, para que el cliente conozca el valor almacenado actual en el vale.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con vales"}]},{"id":"c40e1bcbbbfe8854d082420635e9e9d2bb47fd96","title":"Cobrar una venta usando un vale","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-vouchers/transactions-tendering-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden usar un vale, como una tarjeta de regalo o un certificado de regalo, para pagar parte o la totalidad de una transacción.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con vales"}]},{"id":"8ec15664b8dee42ec33c397ca81705c288ccd71d","title":"Recargar vales reutilizables (tarjetas de regalo)","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-vouchers/transactions-reloading-gift-cards","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros y vendedores pueden recargar vales reutilizables, como tarjetas de regalo, con un nuevo valor almacenado.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con vales"}]},{"id":"1a473fe6c9ee2467b81520fbcc38173c2436344c","title":"Trabajar con depósitos de botellas","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-bottle-deposits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"e5ce58a1c73375fba774fecf38e576148332db35","title":"Cobrar depósitos de botellas","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-bottle-deposits/bottle-deposits-collecting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe un método para cobrar depósitos de botellas para envases reciclables. Consulte las políticas y procedimientos de su tienda para cobrar depósitos de botellas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con depósitos de botellas"}]},{"id":"45aa5125982d89d00e791ec0f11809d2e9f2adf0","title":"Procesar reembolsos de depósitos de botellas","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-bottle-deposits/bottle-deposits-refunding","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe un método para procesar reembolsos de depósitos de botellas. Consulte las políticas y procedimientos de su tienda para reembolsar depósitos de botellas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con depósitos de botellas"}]},{"id":"e204771595138364bacd1961a568b4b3dc43191e","title":"Trabajar con presupuestos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"40e7f70d2311d98b4a47b06ce658c47bf901c16e","title":"Acerca de los presupuestos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-quotes/about-quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para trabajar con presupuestos. Consulte las políticas y procedimientos de su tienda para presupuestos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con presupuestos"}]},{"id":"8d6777ac8be248f1e4793296bc355f73569d6ba5","title":"Crear presupuestos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-quotes/quotes-creating","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden crear presupuestos para los clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con presupuestos"}]},{"id":"2b192fef93461043a8b9101169d4bcc0fd3b974f","title":"Procesar presupuestos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-quotes/quotes-processing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden recuperar presupuestos y convertirlos en transacciones de venta u órdenes de trabajo para poder cobrarlos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con presupuestos"}]},{"id":"842e800413a819d79de2645313eeb6ecfc0eef25","title":"Trabajar con órdenes de trabajo","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-work-orders","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"70429187d7244fac5182248a9a7554a638233205","title":"Acerca de las órdenes de trabajo","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/about-work-orders","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para trabajar con órdenes de trabajo. Su tienda puede ofrecer o no órdenes de trabajo. Consulte las políticas y procedimientos de su tienda para órdenes de trabajo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con órdenes de trabajo"}]},{"id":"812bba55f2c1e354b57c39daf74eee28e3d83c27","title":"Crear órdenes de trabajo","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/work-orders-creating","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden crear órdenes de trabajo para los clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con órdenes de trabajo"}]},{"id":"9bb1d296e32daebebd9a2caa86e4666936f47206","title":"Agregar un comentario a una orden de trabajo","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/orders-adding-comments","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden agregar comentarios a las órdenes de trabajo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con órdenes de trabajo"}]},{"id":"4a67fa99f872ed418495d7e8387f1be3c4900219","title":"Agregar una fecha de vencimiento a una orden de trabajo","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/orders-adding-due-date","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden agregar fechas de vencimiento a las órdenes de trabajo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con órdenes de trabajo"}]},{"id":"8c5b227c535d77f3daf03edb4f5325fa635952e4","title":"Buscar el historial de órdenes de trabajo","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/orders-order-history","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden buscar el historial de transacciones (como recogidas parciales) de las órdenes de trabajo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con órdenes de trabajo"}]},{"id":"350fb682e8b5f24fbf4cad9b5147b218b204366e","title":"Procesar órdenes de trabajo","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-work-orders/work-orders-processing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden recuperar órdenes de trabajo y completar recogidas (parciales o completas).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con órdenes de trabajo"}]},{"id":"85c7c86764e0b3bb8324b5061312ec62d5de469f","title":"Trabajar con reservas","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-layaways","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"fbf8fc693072636789639ae1129c7c21905aa90a","title":"Acerca de las reservas","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-layaways/about-layaways","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para trabajar con reservas. Su tienda puede ofrecer o no reservas. Consulte las políticas y procedimientos de su tienda para reservas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con reservas"}]},{"id":"f48a2999b14635edb2ddf87734da9aede2634bef","title":"Crear pedidos de reserva","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-layaways/layaways-creating","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden crear pedidos de reserva para los clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con reservas"}]},{"id":"9864bd982890439715c6750abe800055b354bb72","title":"Procesar pedidos de reserva","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-layaways/layaways-processing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden recuperar pedidos de reserva y completar recogidas (parciales o completas).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con reservas"}]},{"id":"afb14f080398b7e5399be79e484cbfdbb0bfe558","title":"Trabajar con cuentas","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"434f762346f2f09ff06c16e7f02b44e60f0b24aa","title":"Acerca de las cuentas","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-accounts/about-ar","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para trabajar con cuentas por cobrar (AR). Su tienda puede ofrecer o no cuentas AR. Consulte las políticas y procedimientos de su tienda para cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con cuentas"}]},{"id":"92b93e7ef3d07ba15617e779d75bc96cc0039473","title":"Cobrar una venta a cuenta","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-accounts/transactions-tendering-store-credit","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden cargar (cobrar) transacciones de venta a cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con cuentas"}]},{"id":"bfeaf9503e1cb4a7d29cf32a5f64d56d38148048","title":"Procesar pagos a cuenta","pathname":"/es/readme-1/work-with-accounts/processing-payments-ar","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden aceptar pagos en cuentas AR. Consulte las políticas y procedimientos de su tienda para aceptar pagos a cuenta.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Trabajar con cuentas"}]},{"id":"29f7580700ac922588f8ae33b5d2bacba9a2ff72","title":"Realizar devoluciones y cambios","pathname":"/es/readme-1/perform-returns-and-exchanges","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"b75595cd3e407a5e1845192c91b3df944290b8a4","title":"Procesar devoluciones","pathname":"/es/readme-1/perform-returns-and-exchanges/processing-returns","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe dos métodos que los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden usar para procesar devoluciones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Realizar devoluciones y cambios"}]},{"id":"2ee3cba62b4607d115f6355c954b4f6e8ccbe3b6","title":"Procesar cambios","pathname":"/es/readme-1/perform-returns-and-exchanges/processing-exchanges","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe dos métodos que los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden usar para procesar cambios.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Realizar devoluciones y cambios"}]},{"id":"a955e6b4d7e5d01af6fa2c96aa22055afe13e6fc","title":"Procesar un reembolso a un vale","pathname":"/es/readme-1/perform-returns-and-exchanges/processing-refunds-to-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden emitir reembolsos al tipo de cobro de vale.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Realizar devoluciones y cambios"}]},{"id":"2ad340bf9bd6e3b6e5a2c908c8352c5f165021da","title":"Tareas administrativas","pathname":"/es/readme-1/administrative-tasks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"60672bc613de00e149adad4f5ae062c00c76d531","title":"Cambiar su contraseña","pathname":"/es/readme-1/administrative-tasks/admin-password","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden cambiar sus contraseñas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Tareas administrativas"}]},{"id":"94e31f020e69946e9c3ea3e9c0fe3cde0d966f0a","title":"Registrar sus horas de trabajo","pathname":"/es/readme-1/administrative-tasks/admin-time-clock","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los cajeros, vendedores y gerentes de piso pueden registrar sus horas de trabajo fichando la entrada/salida usando el Reloj de tiempo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Tareas administrativas"}]},{"id":"f07eac400e2aef401769cea0bee21f376eb81c7f","title":"Configurar POS para admitir las políticas de la tienda","pathname":"/es/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"e4317227a4c763012e0da7fea07930c6147fa478","title":"Identificar las políticas de la tienda","pathname":"/es/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-identifying-store-policies","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Use este tema para identificar las políticas de la tienda que desea administrar o aplicar configurando opciones y permisos para POS y Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Configurar POS para admitir las políticas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"eb090676b6b9ef0505df8199e9f776b8f65bc44f","title":"Configurar políticas de seguridad","pathname":"/es/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Use este tema para identificar las políticas de seguridad que desea administrar o aplicar configurando opciones y permisos para POS y Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Configurar POS para admitir las políticas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"447b9293886ba3bd8d1b5bd4594ce984e1bea0ca","title":"Configurar políticas de caja registradora y cajón de efectivo","pathname":"/es/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-register-cash-drawer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Use este tema para identificar las políticas de caja registradora y cajón de efectivo que desea administrar o aplicar configurando opciones y permisos para POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Configurar POS para admitir las políticas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"da7176a4f70ddcfa9c06fc1641abe667ab86ffc0","title":"Configurar políticas de clientes","pathname":"/es/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Use este tema para identificar las políticas de clientes que desea administrar o aplicar configurando opciones y permisos para POS y Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Configurar POS para admitir las políticas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"39dd60c73d18eebaa31081e77781d4b08686019b","title":"Configurar políticas de transacción","pathname":"/es/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-transactions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Use este tema para identificar las políticas de transacción que desea administrar o aplicar configurando opciones y permisos para POS y Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Configurar POS para admitir las políticas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"da9a732247d1a87a8707474b0c7e821d95128008","title":"Configurar políticas de inventario","pathname":"/es/readme-1/configure-pos-to-support-store-policies/policies-inventory","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Use este tema para identificar las políticas de inventario que desea administrar o aplicar configurando opciones y permisos para POS y Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Configurar POS para admitir las políticas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"baee4a28bd65a4de694a89ec18bb748925d7c380","title":"Personalizar la pantalla de POS","pathname":"/es/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"}]},{"id":"fc9854ae3cfa6516c3a05e94b91dfe48751816b8","title":"Acerca de los perfiles de POS","pathname":"/es/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/using_pos_profiles_old","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica cómo se pueden usar los perfiles de POS para administrar la funcionalidad de cajas registradoras específicas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Personalizar la pantalla de POS"}]},{"id":"3114905ac62048505c5b91e72da8d2c1d92640d3","title":"Habilitar la pestaña Internet","pathname":"/es/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/setting-up-integrated-web-site","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo habilitar la pestaña opcional Internet en POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Personalizar la pantalla de POS"}]},{"id":"afabcf42ddac14fbafe2232a3a7c430d67540822","title":"Habilitar detalles de línea de artículo en las listas de transacciones","pathname":"/es/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/items-enabling-line-item-details","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo habilitar la fila de detalles de línea de artículo en la pestaña Transaction de POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Personalizar la pantalla de POS"}]},{"id":"8f42db0566d2100228852d4fb06ff5b23a407798","title":"Configurar botones personalizados de POS","pathname":"/es/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/setting-up-pos-buttons","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar botones personalizados para el panel Custom Commands en POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Personalizar la pantalla de POS"}]},{"id":"fd500f9b3b37b35d6bc180b294f313986d1a5c9f","title":"Configurar paneles de tareas personalizados de POS","pathname":"/es/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/setting-up-pos-task-pads","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar botones personalizados y paneles de tareas, que se muestran en el panel Task Pads de POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Personalizar la pantalla de POS"}]},{"id":"4c8a8d312dea436a4e6d7deac8a71bb01eccbfde","title":"Guía de referencia de comandos","pathname":"/es/readme-1/customize-the-pos-screen/reference-commands","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe comandos que pueden usarse para crear botones personalizados para el panel Custom Commands o el panel Task Pads.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de POS"},{"label":"Personalizar la pantalla de POS"}]},{"id":"b7956d5c3d70f3be9a2531219e56243178c82dc4","title":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager","pathname":"/es/store-manager","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":""},{"id":"ee5395a0672a7da6638d20a319c960961365c13a","title":"Configurar POS y Store Manager","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"}]},{"id":"3d41c6cb7fad4f8075fe82fab40260fe8ff178f2","title":"Personas y seguridad","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/people-and-security","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"}]},{"id":"12ecb29c9b7b7e7868a5c07049c3900ded61b690","title":"Roles de usuario de POS","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/people-and-security/setting-up-cashier-user-roles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar roles de usuario para empleados que usan POS. Los roles de usuario son grupos de privilegios específicos de cada rol que pueden asignarse a uno o más empleados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Personas y seguridad"}]},{"id":"15b0053e6ac71960550060ceaa94d5d091ec1c4c","title":"Roles de usuario de administrador","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/people-and-security/setting-up-manager-user-role","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar roles de usuario para empleados que usan Store Manager. Los roles de usuario son grupos de privilegios específicos de cada rol que pueden asignarse a uno o más empleados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Personas y seguridad"}]},{"id":"9780a8081b3965ddda93204857217c74bae51c97","title":"Política de contraseñas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/people-and-security/setting-up-password-policy","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo establecer una política de contraseñas para la tienda. La política de contraseñas se aplica a todos los empleados que tienen una cuenta de usuario para POS, Store Manager o Store Loyalty.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Personas y seguridad"}]},{"id":"8dbe47b5229dc24801916569a9ed403e72a291a9","title":"Finanzas de la tienda","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"}]},{"id":"895989b11a91e06c88923a217eb9244e75728271","title":"Reglas de impuesto sobre las ventas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-sales-tax-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar las reglas de impuesto sobre las ventas para la tienda. Estas incluyen el método de tributación (por ejemplo, con impuestos excluidos o incluidos) y las reglas para seleccionar automáticamente el impuesto del artículo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Finanzas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"e836bdbb969a7512434be902ce48738b0140b383","title":"Impuestos sobre las ventas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-sales-tax","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar los impuestos sobre las ventas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Finanzas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"d408939f7e528e055bbf3b8d14081a69f0372b4b","title":"Impuestos de artículo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-item-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar los impuestos de artículo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Finanzas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"c5b643e6140d6d693c76629eb4c561d75f5c0d55","title":"Calcular el impuesto sobre el costo del artículo en lugar del precio","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/computing-tax-on-item-cost","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar Store Manager y POS para que los impuestos se calculen sobre el costo del artículo en lugar de su precio.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Finanzas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"a66a842603da08818e077eb0e315120fdbe251b4","title":"Calcular el impuesto sobre el peso del artículo en lugar del precio","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/computing-tax-on-item-weight","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar Store Manager y POS para que los impuestos se calculen sobre el peso del artículo en lugar de su precio.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Finanzas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"cb2168c22648abfcb3b36a2e308368c5677229ee","title":"Monedas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-currencies","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar las monedas. Pueden ser monedas que la tienda acepta como tipos de cobro o las monedas usadas por proveedores extranjeros.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Finanzas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"f5a26e21fcc0f1520834cf3c354fe940e5f90888","title":"Tipos de cobro","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-tender-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar los tipos de cobro. Debe definir un tipo de cobro para cada método de pago que acepte la tienda (como efectivo, cheque, tarjeta de débito, tarjeta de crédito, vale, etc.).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Finanzas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"1740bfdb666d33a959f002e60fe9ab47eacaa617","title":"Reglas de cobro","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/setting-up-tender-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar reglas sobre el tipo de cobro predeterminado que se usará al dar cambio a los clientes o el período durante el cual los vales emitidos por la tienda siguen siendo válidos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Finanzas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"7239c3a56179a07f92093e2e20720881ae24017b","title":"Cuentas contables","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-financials/cuentas-contables","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar las cuentas del libro mayor (GL) para los lotes de caja.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Finanzas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"c092cdb1ec4b954a47a2bd916131fa495528371c","title":"Información y reglas de la tienda","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-information-and-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"}]},{"id":"f054e635ce938426ff3100e1e4ded8e9d4ea05b3","title":"Información de contacto de la tienda","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-information-and-rules/setting-up-store-contact-information","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo editar el nombre, la dirección y los medios de contacto (como teléfono y correo electrónico) de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Información y reglas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"2c442bbea265a879842d4b2ab37c970b43096689","title":"ID de la tienda (solo para varias tiendas)","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-information-and-rules/setting-up-multiple-stores","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar una tienda para que funcione en modo Central. Solo necesita seguir este procedimiento si la tienda se administra de forma centralizada mediante Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Información y reglas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"8c33748e49357dfd8074ea74488fcfb3fc6d6dac","title":"Reglas de la tienda","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/store-information-and-rules/setting-up-store-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar reglas de la tienda para Store Manager y POS. Las reglas de la tienda se organizan por Customer, General, Item, POS, Purchase Order, Reason Code y Serial Number.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Información y reglas de la tienda"}]},{"id":"ab8a5791ad8df0f9e2ebaa5931b21f560c4c6bf0","title":"Cajas registradoras y recibos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"}]},{"id":"e06dadc97473bc34a08ff9222221c807edf1412b","title":"Cajas registradoras","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/setting-up-registers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar las cajas registradoras. Por ejemplo, puede seleccionar un panel de tareas, un nivel de precios predeterminado, impresoras, formatos de recibo, así como la balanza, el escáner, los cajones de efectivo, etc.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cajas registradoras y recibos"}]},{"id":"951be3f39e99e9febcb0fd19636bf7e0c465ce1e","title":"Formatos de recibo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/setting-up-receipt-formats","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar formatos de recibo para transacciones de venta, transacciones canceladas, pagos, retiros de efectivo, presupuestos, órdenes de trabajo, pedidos de reserva y pagos a cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cajas registradoras y recibos"}]},{"id":"a28570642b27a1df4ea457314f537c75631c3c3f","title":"Enviar recibos por correo electrónico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/administrator-configuring-email","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar Store Manager y POS para enviar por correo electrónico recibos de transacción a los clientes, órdenes de compra a los proveedores y extractos a los titulares de cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cajas registradoras y recibos"}]},{"id":"f66b107382b5e081aee1d7f77d022c24ecd876c9","title":"Perfiles de POS","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/setting-up-pos-profiles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar perfiles de POS. Esto incluye habilitar o deshabilitar la funcionalidad WAM en POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cajas registradoras y recibos"}]},{"id":"da7bd0363563f07861ac5da35041e4666ae547d7","title":"Habilitar display de poste","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/setting-up-pole-display-messages","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar mensajes del display de poste.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cajas registradoras y recibos"}]},{"id":"e7f44790923d3c927b955c4669325e690289b844","title":"Extender la pantalla de POS","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/registers-and-receipts/setting-up-net-display-channels","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar canales de net display y habilitar net display, lo que extiende la pantalla de POS a un segundo monitor.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cajas registradoras y recibos"}]},{"id":"0fc87c8b5e1a342fd6fdca0490c31e5131d075e2","title":"Comercialización","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"}]},{"id":"114e2c54761aad42b1133dd9a4eb65b2d1fd1bf5","title":"Departamentos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-departments","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar departamentos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Comercialización"}]},{"id":"4cf33bd922c6e73e1b7e0d3c1361c7245e0e490a","title":"Categorías","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-categories","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar categorías.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Comercialización"}]},{"id":"176638e4cbda7aed6fb32c675a4955ed39f21458","title":"Códigos de motivo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-reason-codes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar códigos de motivo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Comercialización"}]},{"id":"916ad68f8880949982fb28e7356e03a81b75ab54","title":"Generar códigos de búsqueda automática de artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-automatic-item-lookup-codes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar Store Manager para generar automáticamente códigos de búsqueda de artículos (ILC) para los nuevos artículos que se agregan a la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Comercialización"}]},{"id":"cd55a4a974df7b3ad4cfb69ae604367178c9d1c7","title":"Mensajes de artículo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-item-messages","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar mensajes de artículo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Comercialización"}]},{"id":"347f32b830fc175422184c004de877a0ac69a866","title":"Presupuestos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-quotes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar presupuestos. Puede establecer una fecha de vencimiento, exigir la selección del cliente y seleccionar el formato de recibo para los presupuestos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Comercialización"}]},{"id":"d2dc7ddd507c9b1363915a9e19bb0addde543ea7","title":"Órdenes de trabajo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-work-orders","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar órdenes de trabajo. Puede establecer una fecha de vencimiento y un importe mínimo de depósito, exigir la selección del cliente y seleccionar el formato de recibo para las órdenes de trabajo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Comercialización"}]},{"id":"a06b9e017ccfd05684864a9deda797e8235edd13","title":"Pedidos pendientes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/pedidos-pendientes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar pedidos pendientes. Puede establecer una fecha de vencimiento y un importe mínimo de depósito, exigir la selección del cliente y seleccionar el formato del recibo para los pedidos pendientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Comercialización"}]},{"id":"f35d5bf269adf277c4ca64cfdbb5485dc13f8d2c","title":"Reservas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/merchandising/setting-up-layaways","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar pedidos de reserva. Puede establecer una fecha de vencimiento y un importe mínimo de depósito y seleccionar el formato de recibo para los pedidos de reserva.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Comercialización"}]},{"id":"50d07e4c783001bc4d43e904e38cc2096ac5d532","title":"Inventario y compras","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"}]},{"id":"b45ec37824dcce92032a48bc55d9a2f0b1bbbbd6","title":"Reglas de inventario","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-inventory-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar las reglas de inventario. Estas incluyen el método de actualización de costos que se usará al recibir órdenes de compra y si se debe incluir el costo puesto en destino en el cálculo del costo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventario y compras"}]},{"id":"07fa4df97b0520a4368e254a8f0d33026a41b1e4","title":"Entender el costo puesto en destino","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/calculating-landed-cost","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe los tres métodos de distribución de costos que usa RMH para determinar el costo puesto en destino.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventario y compras"}]},{"id":"8d20c314b431a5e9a44d8fb154b3082f6954eac8","title":"Reglas de pedido","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-ordering-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar reglas de pedido para presupuestos, órdenes de trabajo, pedidos de reserva y pedidos pendientes. Las reglas controlan la fecha de vencimiento (o fecha límite) y los requisitos de depósito, si corresponde.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventario y compras"}]},{"id":"5f68080fe1f71de2961a32b8dfaf4ec6321e822d","title":"Unidades de medida","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/unidades-de-medida","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar una unidad de medida (UOM). Debe definir la UOM utilizada para vender artículos, así como la UOM utilizada para pedir artículos a los proveedores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventario y compras"}]},{"id":"421724d6eaa9a9c728aee72bfbd2d024f69667e5","title":"Reglas de redondeo de precios","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-rounding-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar las reglas de redondeo de precios para los artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventario y compras"}]},{"id":"5f749da803536c9cda6de8ec417a5b37f242c0b6","title":"Métodos de envío","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-shipping-methods","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar los métodos de envío que usa la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventario y compras"}]},{"id":"9140c0adbd63202c91a91e9c4c75e8cc2594bb72","title":"Condiciones de pago","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-payment-terms-for-purch","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar las condiciones de pago para proveedores y órdenes de compra.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventario y compras"}]},{"id":"8286983098351ad8cc0c2bbafb922a872b1ad171","title":"Compradores","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-purchasers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar compradores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventario y compras"}]},{"id":"ce2e4df6f3475111285396ef321b77581ea74f87","title":"Cargos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-charges","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar cargos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventario y compras"}]},{"id":"488a952013839231a708ed179bc999937c4054d0","title":"Configuración de pedidos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/inventory-and-purchasing/setting-up-order-settings","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar la configuración de las órdenes de compra, como si se deben liberar automáticamente las OC, comprobar el MPQ del proveedor al pedir o considerar artículos secundarios o de kit al hacer pedidos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Inventario y compras"}]},{"id":"53cf735c03f84003ec45ee6c18d68ad747b27e18","title":"Descuentos y horarios","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/discounts-and-schedules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"}]},{"id":"cc469e803f2afa9a8b1709c1e4306efa1ed2b550","title":"Descuentos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/discounts-and-schedules/setting-up-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar descuentos. Estos incluyen descuentos de Mix and Match o de Compra X y obtén Y por Z.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Descuentos y horarios"}]},{"id":"5e902c273cf341c8a06013906273847368f31ac0","title":"Horarios","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/discounts-and-schedules/setting-up-schedules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar horarios, que pueden usarse junto con descuentos, ventas y otros tipos de eventos promocionales. Los horarios también pueden usarse para bloquear la venta de artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Descuentos y horarios"}]},{"id":"f33564f4b5d563a1c06b30e4de1d69437f5a96dd","title":"Cuentas por cobrar","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"}]},{"id":"61c15d38a79a83155d47070b9e923c7e95ba9f23","title":"Administradores de cuentas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-account-managers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar administradores de cuentas para cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"11446a94f307c240b6445f4a2fe8c92332ba5c59","title":"Cargos financieros","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-finance-charges","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar cargos financieros. Las tiendas pueden configurar RMH para aplicar cargos financieros a los saldos impagos de las cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"a6776f48f6892c6f6b49b6e3bba2d735e6eb7df2","title":"Condiciones de pago de AR","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-payment-terms-for-ar","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar las condiciones de pago para cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"e7c490cdad4639a46c05f60064dca21c1cd76ef3","title":"Códigos de motivo de AR","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-reason-codes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar códigos de motivo para aplicar cambios a los asientos del libro mayor de las cuentas AR (como ajustes y reversos de cargos financieros).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"3ad6ef58a12594ad8b90a3da92e4049c48e73b2f","title":"Tipos de extracto","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-statement-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar la plantilla de extracto para los estados de cuenta de facturación de las cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"694e32a60d6f31e27ddb238f3ab36642f62f6ac7","title":"Series numéricas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-a-number-series","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar RMH para generar automáticamente números de cuenta AR para nuevas cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"cd17c3a8ba7f964e19fcc1ecaedb5e7e8f1cac8b","title":"Grupos de cuentas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-account-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar grupos de cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"e6bb6b7fbb2b3fec997d8548f959ab2e2d31decf","title":"Valores predeterminados de contabilidad","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-accounting-defaults","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar los valores predeterminados de contabilidad de AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"208ad8a838afd0b31570c5e28abb2e74d30a4c23","title":"Mensaje de correo electrónico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/accounts-receivable/setting-up-email-message","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar un mensaje de correo electrónico predeterminado para los estados de cuenta de facturación de las cuentas AR enviados por correo electrónico.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"a0e3f4099df5890b7627645034687a3a0c9ec31d","title":"Base de datos sin conexión","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/offline-database","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"}]},{"id":"f376cb301a919b0978b235fe2c4e86bc65465120","title":"Acerca de la base de datos sin conexión","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/offline-database/administrator-about-offline-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para configurar y administrar una base de datos sin conexión, que las tiendas pueden usar para procesar transacciones de venta si POS pierde su conexión con la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Base de datos sin conexión"}]},{"id":"a59de5eaa2eca1e8b22f34c2a394a2d36cb7647d","title":"Configurar la base de datos sin conexión","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/offline-database/administrator-configuring-offline-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar la base de datos sin conexión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Base de datos sin conexión"}]},{"id":"4dcf57f0c26fe39c4c30780ddab048c49d44b36e","title":"Restaurar la conexión a la base de datos de la tienda","pathname":"/es/store-manager/configure-pos-and-store-manager/offline-database/administrator-synchronizing-offline","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe el procedimiento para restaurar la conexión de la aplicación POS a la base de datos de la tienda después de haber estado funcionando en modo sin conexión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Configurar POS y Store Manager"},{"label":"Base de datos sin conexión"}]},{"id":"b97cd2af2d27d3bd5fbbac6b8bb51572ac34acac","title":"Administrar empleados","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"}]},{"id":"688c58aa11b992cdf589d207b3e07b208475e3af","title":"Agregar cuentas de usuario","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/setting-up-user-account","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar nuevas cuentas de usuario para los empleados de la tienda. Puede asignar roles de usuario de POS para usuarios de POS y roles de usuario de administrador para usuarios de Store Manager y Store Loyalty.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"}]},{"id":"95909d243d9ee67a5581f4a6b06b115c75cd5c24","title":"Administrar ventas por comisión","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-commission-sales","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"}]},{"id":"8a11acfacf4b29c79e3f4388bf1d881b3c2bc923","title":"Crear representantes de ventas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-commission-sales/setting-up-sales-representatives","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar representantes de ventas y definir sus horarios individuales de ventas por comisión, si corresponde. También puede definir horarios de ventas por comisión para artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Administrar ventas por comisión"}]},{"id":"c22b13b5765a7ca86b2d049ed310cd5d738c48d6","title":"Configurar horarios de comisión para artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-commission-sales/setting-up-commission-sales-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo definir horarios de ventas por comisión para artículos. También puede definir horarios de ventas por comisión para representantes de ventas individuales.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Administrar ventas por comisión"}]},{"id":"53ba551c64360ab867b089218ad3e8fbd9f2ef70","title":"Asignar representantes de ventas a clientes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-commission-sales/setting-up-commission-sales-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo asignar un representante de ventas específico a un cliente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Administrar ventas por comisión"}]},{"id":"389c6121441f57ddf14909b54370ebfb72aaa2aa","title":"Generar el informe de ventas por comisión","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-commission-sales/generating-sales-commission-report","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo generar el Informe de comisiones de ventas para hacer seguimiento y calcular las ventas por comisión de los representantes de ventas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Administrar ventas por comisión"}]},{"id":"3575e68d69ea0bff8b3cddbbd65aa66105489036","title":"Administrar descuentos para empleados","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-employee-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"}]},{"id":"8e66bb74e73d349419b1e3df87fd510e1799206e","title":"Mejores prácticas para descuentos de empleados","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-employee-discounts/employee-discount-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para administrar los descuentos de empleados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Administrar descuentos para empleados"}]},{"id":"4e27c20c332efbe615515977c05a36b3b6b20c53","title":"Seguimiento de transacciones con descuentos de empleados","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-employee-discounts/tracking-employee-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo generar el Informe detallado de ventas para hacer seguimiento de las compras y descuentos de los empleados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Administrar descuentos para empleados"}]},{"id":"57251d9a962b3db901713392064d35c298541c4a","title":"Administrar el tiempo de los empleados","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-empoyee-time","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"}]},{"id":"d05e386cac8536047f856b830a18969051c2feb4","title":"Agregar registros de tiempo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-empoyee-time/adding-editing-time-entries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar manualmente registros de tiempo de los empleados al Reloj de tiempo en Store Manager. Esto puede ser necesario si un empleado olvidó fichar la entrada/salida en POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Administrar el tiempo de los empleados"}]},{"id":"3e6f47c317e625f1b9baaeb099227068b6c486e6","title":"Ver registros de tiempo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-empoyee-time/viewing-employee-time","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo ver los registros de tiempo de los empleados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Administrar el tiempo de los empleados"}]},{"id":"791be80982f06f90bc5aa82df610ec96fb3ff7e5","title":"Editar registros de tiempo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-empoyee-time/edit-time-entries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo editar los registros de tiempo de los empleados en Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Administrar el tiempo de los empleados"}]},{"id":"e1edb2c9bfd28ae94f35a7e99ce5371b3ce46eea","title":"Generar el informe de registros de tiempo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/manage-empoyee-time/generating-time-clock-report","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo generar los informes de Reloj de tiempo del cajero para hacer seguimiento de los registros de tiempo de los empleados en el Reloj de tiempo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Administrar el tiempo de los empleados"}]},{"id":"bb2b5c8f1e90a6bf27668ea3db3dcf78ac9e7b34","title":"Desactivar cuentas de usuario","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-employees/deactivating-user-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo desactivar cuentas de usuario cuando termina el empleo de una persona.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"}]},{"id":"87908e21ad7b29da0143b54c20337d998fdeefb7","title":"Administrar clientes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"}]},{"id":"4de7ac3a3ec048b392393254672fb2caef9c472d","title":"Límites legales sobre la recopilación de información del cliente","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-customers/legal-limits-on-collecting-customer-info","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas y los límites legales para recopilar información del cliente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar clientes"}]},{"id":"1027930d6a823fd66ba12299791a450f7433ef97","title":"Ventajas de recopilar información del cliente","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-customers/advantages-collecting-customer-info","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para recopilar información del cliente en RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar clientes"}]},{"id":"54a2f64ee6be11b501311357052531a735162dfb","title":"Crear una política de clientes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-customers/setting-up-customer-policy","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar una política de clientes. Controla qué campos del registro de cliente son obligatorios. También puede definir una máscara, o formato numérico, para los números de teléfono.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar clientes"}]},{"id":"938d428314039f74aaebcc20850c3caf0bb35524","title":"Configurar campos personalizados para registros de clientes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-customers/setting-up-custom-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar campos personalizados para registros de clientes. Puede configurar hasta cinco campos personalizados de texto, número y fecha para los clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar clientes"}]},{"id":"165b156ffdb74628032a8c4d24221a06336145cf","title":"Crear registros de clientes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-customers/setting-up-customer-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar nuevos registros de clientes a la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar clientes"}]},{"id":"fea2012b9f3ea6d274e83b4c3e6ef22afdcb8b97","title":"Enviar artículos a los clientes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-customers/customers-shipping","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar el envío para seleccionar automáticamente el impuesto del artículo según el destino de envío y cómo seleccionar la dirección de envío de un cliente en POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar clientes"}]},{"id":"b8ad3c17337a57ec77517bf3c17e94225bc97a3e","title":"Desactivar registros de clientes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-customers/deactivating-customer-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo desactivar registros de clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar clientes"}]},{"id":"e58886c014638f2a171c5f2912f0307ceb082a97","title":"Administrar artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"}]},{"id":"76aa642b76c6e9fc1f260da0a093070f48ba4816","title":"Artículos estándar","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/standard-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"ab2f85ca8b31a2aab76818622bdef6d2ae55bf7d","title":"Agregar artículos estándar","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/standard-items/setting-up-standard-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar manualmente artículos estándar a la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos estándar"}]},{"id":"417bc9428f318be211f606d8449d7eee1e5a6ea4","title":"Proporcionar artículos complementarios con la compra","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/standard-items/providing-gift-with-purchase","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para los artículos complementarios y cómo asignarlos a artículos principales.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos estándar"}]},{"id":"88800d802645c3b7ca7d172bb1b4b84b5c796aa8","title":"Configurar campos personalizados para artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/standard-items/setting-up-custom-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar campos personalizados para artículos. Puede configurar hasta tres campos personalizados de texto (Sub Description 1, Sub Description 2 y Subdescription 3) para los artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos estándar"}]},{"id":"4138a5086daa4e76f61d7fef35aceed030af37e3","title":"Artículos de matriz","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"652323a04472a2b8e7204f8e9a1af6a35c2289b6","title":"Acerca de los artículos de matriz","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/matrix-items/understanding-matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para los artículos de matriz. Introduce los conceptos de dimensiones, atributos, artículos componentes y conjuntos de dimensiones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos de matriz"}]},{"id":"7d2867ac8ab78c59496c23c4af8a4196c8f90fa5","title":"Agregar artículos de matriz","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/matrix-items/setting-up-matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar manualmente artículos de matriz a la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos de matriz"}]},{"id":"9e89c0396d1e39998a35ec219e56ef0da2c7838b","title":"Kits y artículos de ensamblaje","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/kits-and-assembly-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"ea1294fba066743d9a60b6ffc33b90b873a895e1","title":"Acerca de los kits y los artículos de ensamblaje","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/kits-and-assembly-items/understanding-kits-assembly-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para kits y artículos de ensamblaje.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Kits y artículos de ensamblaje"}]},{"id":"7ded6bc2b2ede501650d0eb169c480a16859eaea","title":"Configurar y agregar kits","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/kits-and-assembly-items/setting-up-kits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar reglas de la tienda y opciones de pedido para kits. También describe cómo agregar, construir y desarmar kits.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Kits y artículos de ensamblaje"}]},{"id":"d1d6c97dc6047c7c133c7a1aa4391a10096a9141","title":"Agregar artículos de ensamblaje","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/kits-and-assembly-items/setting-up-assembly-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar artículos de ensamblaje a la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Kits y artículos de ensamblaje"}]},{"id":"2422728f4009ceb09ea6be511472506f8f0bd86a","title":"Artículos de matriz por lote","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/lot-matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"d0bcee380f3ce45c9d2d4b6eafc4c965f0a27200","title":"Acerca de los artículos de matriz por lote","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/lot-matrix-items/understanding-lot-matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para los artículos de matriz por lote.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos de matriz por lote"}]},{"id":"ab6bd3c52d24fbe3bbe7c970012ca57e8d7f8587","title":"Agregar artículos de matriz por lote","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/lot-matrix-items/setting-up-lot-matrix-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar artículos de matriz por lote a la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos de matriz por lote"}]},{"id":"9af65cb0451798a1d691d8d752af503528e388c4","title":"Artículos pesados","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/weighed-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"865886996e8fb91d4fbaac6c47ad174061c223e7","title":"Acerca de los códigos de barras de peso variable","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/weighed-items/understanding-random-weight-barcodes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe los dos tipos de códigos de barras de peso variable que puede usar con RMH (UPC-A y EAN-13).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos pesados"}]},{"id":"97a5149475203136918fa2b75438393673d29b0a","title":"Configurar y agregar artículos pesados","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/weighed-items/setting-up-weighed-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar POS para leer códigos de barras de peso variable y cómo agregar artículos pesados a la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos pesados"}]},{"id":"dc0766ea5a2501d452ed192ab96d81b14ea7f99e","title":"Configurar formatos personalizados de códigos de barras EAN-13","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/weighed-items/setting-up-ean-13-barcodes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar códigos de barras EAN-13 personalizados para precios de artículos superiores a $999.99.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos pesados"}]},{"id":"a22398248f7f6bc649971b042fbc095837965aeb","title":"Artículos serializados","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/serialized-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"89ac4db9b5d63a655dce0e143f3e250bdc507b59","title":"Acerca de los artículos serializados","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/serialized-items/understanding-serialized-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para los artículos serializados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos serializados"}]},{"id":"17a77e91601dd0f0e476fd0fc813e8b8cc2a03f4","title":"Configurar y agregar artículos serializados","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/serialized-items/setting-up-serialized-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar reglas de la tienda para números de serie y cómo agregar manualmente artículos serializados a la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Artículos serializados"}]},{"id":"7036b49b19437eac334b7d59b81c687da44b139d","title":"Vales","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"423560b68d5cd353c2c056f28c202cb17e7ad9eb","title":"Acerca de los vales","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/vouchers/understanding-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para vales, como tarjetas regalo y certificados de regalo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Vales"}]},{"id":"0322f79ad23a656a8c6131d02c746d7e3b33d398","title":"Configurar y agregar vales","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/vouchers/setting-up-vouchers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar el período de vencimiento del vale, las reglas de la tienda para vales y un tipo de pago de vale. También describe cómo agregar manualmente vales a la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Vales"}]},{"id":"bbbd04463de3508e0fb6fe8c9456eac8fc8d68e5","title":"Tarifas por bolsas e impuestos por bolsas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/bag-fees-and-bag-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"6893f4ea6289009c920b9fdc4c8b160ce007929d","title":"Acerca de las tarifas por bolsas y los impuestos por bolsas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/bag-fees-and-bag-taxes/understanding-bag-fees-bag-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para las tarifas por bolsas y los impuestos por bolsas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Tarifas por bolsas e impuestos por bolsas"}]},{"id":"7a6ca1bea7c6f63062bdfa883f3cea0a5cd73d08","title":"Configurar tarifas por bolsas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/bag-fees-and-bag-taxes/setting-up-bag-fees","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe un método para configurar tarifas por bolsas en RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Tarifas por bolsas e impuestos por bolsas"}]},{"id":"b04369156727e2e047693fd1c1baa109781b0820","title":"Configurar impuestos por bolsas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/bag-fees-and-bag-taxes/setting-up-bag-taxes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe un método para configurar impuestos por bolsas en RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Tarifas por bolsas e impuestos por bolsas"}]},{"id":"d595ce0649e9a95c696c3137811f45eb7155aa89","title":"Depósitos de botellas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/bottle-deposits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"fb28636add944cdb9a348abf8ea7733965d0fbdb","title":"Acerca de los depósitos de botellas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/bottle-deposits/understanding-bottle-deposits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para los depósitos de botellas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Depósitos de botellas"}]},{"id":"1b2637b407664648ebf2395c6269040f7d3f1294","title":"Configurar depósitos de botellas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/bottle-deposits/setting-up-bottle-deposits","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe un método para configurar depósitos de botellas en RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Depósitos de botellas"}]},{"id":"c773dd5f4ac662173934f1e7ae9d07e4698007f9","title":"Use el Asistente avanzado de artículos para actualizar artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"52daac60b7647922104b503e1ddcebe4ec4f954e","title":"Usar el Asistente avanzado de artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items/advanced-item-wizard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar el Asistente avanzado de artículos para actualizar atributos de artículos mediante un conjunto de tareas predefinidas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Use el Asistente avanzado de artículos para actualizar artículos"}]},{"id":"8c31a72ccdf6e5736cb3e22270651016078ed3a5","title":"Agregar o quitar artículos de la vista de cuadrícula","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items/advanced-item-wizard-adding-removing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar o quitar artículos de la vista de cuadrícula en el Asistente avanzado de artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Use el Asistente avanzado de artículos para actualizar artículos"}]},{"id":"800538c4bec94095081bc532b69984be774df4e4","title":"Cambiar el diseño de la cuadrícula","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items/advanced-item-wizard-layout","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo cambiar el diseño de la cuadrícula en el Asistente avanzado de artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Use el Asistente avanzado de artículos para actualizar artículos"}]},{"id":"a6d80b81e0e6c9182034ee632f24881c5a2b4899","title":"Actualizar información de artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items/advanced-item-wizard-editable-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe diferentes métodos para actualizar información en la vista de cuadrícula del Asistente avanzado de artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Use el Asistente avanzado de artículos para actualizar artículos"}]},{"id":"b437502aa814eb1d5a8f6eea8e3016ced327795b","title":"Lista de referencia de tareas para el Asistente avanzado de artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-advanced-item-wizard-to-update-items/advanced-item-wizard-tasks","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe todas las tareas disponibles en el Asistente avanzado de artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Use el Asistente avanzado de artículos para actualizar artículos"}]},{"id":"1a83d81cd075bb7d8beda0eaffefc72b1539e840","title":"Usar la Utilidad de importación para agregar y actualizar artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-import-utility-to-add-and-update-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"e7869104a4605cdfd805aee88749db8a65c104a6","title":"Usar la Utilidad de importación","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-import-utility-to-add-and-update-items/importing-items-import-utility","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Utilidad de importación para agregar o actualizar artículos en la base de datos de la tienda mediante una hoja de cálculo de Microsoft Excel en formato CSV, XLS o XLSX.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Usar la Utilidad de importación para agregar y actualizar artículos"}]},{"id":"5a249ae11dbeb5333b6cb850c4bc398d819532bc","title":"Reglas de asignación para el Asistente de Utilidad de importación","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/use-the-import-utility-to-add-and-update-items/importing-items-import-utility-mapping-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las reglas de asignación para la Utilidad de importación.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"},{"label":"Usar la Utilidad de importación para agregar y actualizar artículos"}]},{"id":"1f5d8468c557900b9d5ab2296aa7a04a12295bab","title":"Usar el Asistente de inventario para actualizar la información de los artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-items/inventory-wizard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar el Asistente de inventario. El Asistente de inventario quedará en desuso en una futura versión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar artículos"}]},{"id":"f8d5650491abddf2cace5b6da19a330446ac0d5b","title":"Administrar proveedores","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-suppliers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"}]},{"id":"e210f1847ae131b0407c921f3e5233bbcf9ecf07","title":"Mejores prácticas para proveedores","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-suppliers/suppliers-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para los proveedores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar proveedores"}]},{"id":"3d04c660c75d4a91ef19e0d16b89090d466dc50f","title":"Agregar proveedores de la tienda","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-suppliers/setting-up-store-suppliers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar proveedores a la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar proveedores"}]},{"id":"07b36c4f621b14ac4eee4b9486b27d542b5ae3e0","title":"Agregar información del proveedor en la pestaña Compra del registro del artículo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-suppliers/setting-up-suppliers-purchase-tab","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar información del proveedor en la pestaña Compra del registro del artículo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar proveedores"}]},{"id":"a07019fe3f1f30594809ab345ec85577d70cc409","title":"Configurar campos personalizados para proveedores","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-suppliers/setting-up-custom-fields","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar campos personalizados para proveedores. Puede configurar hasta cinco campos personalizados de texto, número y fecha para los proveedores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar proveedores"}]},{"id":"7e36247184c4a6c0a000883aaefb6d8c5deea25c","title":"Usar la Hoja de trabajo de proveedor para actualizar la información del proveedor","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-suppliers/using-supplier-wizard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo de proveedor para desactivar proveedores, marcarlos como exentos de impuestos y establecer el importe mínimo de pedido para los proveedores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar proveedores"}]},{"id":"1ae221e163542964d2cbd8f5780978bd667dde25","title":"Introducir facturas de proveedores","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-suppliers/entering-supplier-invoices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo introducir facturas de proveedores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar proveedores"}]},{"id":"1a5be5b98dbc3f1b6ca9a4f3ee52189fbb6f1098","title":"Ver facturas de proveedores","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-suppliers/viewing-supplier-invoices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo ver facturas de proveedores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar proveedores"}]},{"id":"b3c85f52708f6ca7ccf0c578737d2f09cabb773c","title":"Generar informes de proveedores","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-suppliers/generating-supplier-reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo generar los informes de Ventas diarias por proveedor y Principales proveedores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar proveedores"}]},{"id":"85eae98b55b5a37ad0dd736bc8d52362772b376b","title":"Desactivar proveedores de la tienda","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-suppliers/deactivating-suppliers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo desactivar proveedores de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar proveedores"}]},{"id":"f8d97b5203091d28df24767e41cef39c62f675c7","title":"Administrar inventario","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"}]},{"id":"fda9970a6bb811ba85543b6b818c9f93fa8c56c9","title":"Mejores prácticas de inventario","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/merchandising-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para el código de búsqueda del artículo, la descripción del artículo y los campos personalizados en el registro del artículo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"}]},{"id":"4f50536c5846ab00e7e427944e8821949b7c727c","title":"Privilegios necesarios para administrar el inventario","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/inventory-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe los privilegios o permisos necesarios para administrar el inventario.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"}]},{"id":"3b34e9c6a8cdd8c879d9f5ab31896edbf874bf0a","title":"Administrar descuentos y ventas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-discounts-and-sales","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"}]},{"id":"9b5c16e2374afdfa6f166bc0bf6042076beda840","title":"Asignar descuentos a los artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-discounts-and-sales/assigning-discounts-to-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe dos métodos para asignar descuentos a los artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Administrar descuentos y ventas"}]},{"id":"b87bf9f12169acecc25125288208c7f944f4382f","title":"Bloquear temporalmente las ventas de un artículo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-discounts-and-sales/blocking-sales","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo bloquear temporalmente las ventas de un artículo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Administrar descuentos y ventas"}]},{"id":"e05beb9db4d15de396d09fe1b4a07b2b04fd2786","title":"Administración de inventario con relaciones padre-hijo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/update-on-hand-quantities-with-parent-child-relationships","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"}]},{"id":"1b5616f057a43ea1b306684f49af5e2f0615c267","title":"Acerca del control de inventario padre-hijo","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/update-on-hand-quantities-with-parent-child-relationships/understanding-parent-child-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para usar el control de inventario padre-hijo en RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Administración de inventario con relaciones padre-hijo"}]},{"id":"a800c95169ac897afa0b6d31bd7ed41a30b9125f","title":"Configurar relaciones padre-hijo entre artículos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/update-on-hand-quantities-with-parent-child-relationships/setting-up-parent-child-relationships","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar relaciones padre-hijo entre artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Administración de inventario con relaciones padre-hijo"}]},{"id":"8a7554615a30f81b3ac4c5fe89afee355b513cb3","title":"Crear e imprimir etiquetas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"}]},{"id":"1fcda599fc20b1168cd2fe1b762ce6dc678d450d","title":"Crear nuevas etiquetas usando Label Designer","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels/label-designer-select-label-format","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear etiquetas personalizadas de la tienda usando Label Designer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Crear e imprimir etiquetas"}]},{"id":"ea8c7350b77666164b4e50faa3071db4a8ad969c","title":"Insertar campos en etiquetas personalizadas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels/label-designer-inserting-field-objects","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo insertar campos en etiquetas personalizadas usando Label Designer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Crear e imprimir etiquetas"}]},{"id":"52a25ebcb985112bf9a715b3b21c85ccb7a1779d","title":"Insertar cuadros de texto en etiquetas personalizadas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels/label-designer-inserting-text-objects","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo insertar cuadros de texto en etiquetas personalizadas usando Label Designer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Crear e imprimir etiquetas"}]},{"id":"361cad90110c2d783a618cd9f360ea66b78df6b2","title":"Insertar códigos de barras en etiquetas personalizadas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels/label-designer-inserting-barcodes","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo insertar códigos de barras en etiquetas personalizadas usando Label Designer.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Crear e imprimir etiquetas"}]},{"id":"18dfc266e01a70183e96ead7394f773edf33981f","title":"Imprimir etiquetas desde el Asistente de etiquetas","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/create-and-print-labels/label-wizard-printing-labels","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo imprimir etiquetas usando el Asistente de etiquetas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Crear e imprimir etiquetas"}]},{"id":"198f3a74d17389a3333fb067ed94a9762ebb90f2","title":"Realizar un conteo de inventario físico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"}]},{"id":"ebe3a3b98d8859b6b3c55e008aa1d202ad51d1e4","title":"Mejores prácticas para el conteo de inventario físico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/physical-inventory-count-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para realizar un conteo de inventario físico en una tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Realizar un conteo de inventario físico"}]},{"id":"438dd14715db03d5d81b41ea1450a16687f92f53","title":"Administrar el conteo de inventario físico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/managing-the-physical-inventory-count","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para administrar un conteo de inventario físico en una tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Realizar un conteo de inventario físico"}]},{"id":"e9fada88da77d5a25a2ea716df81d9d707b6c221","title":"Generar el archivo de conteo de inventario físico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/physical-inventory-count-generating-file","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo generar un archivo de conteo en RMH para un conteo de inventario físico.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Realizar un conteo de inventario físico"}]},{"id":"41d5dec234cdd96e253e47e0769bd908a1032143","title":"Copiar o combinar archivos de conteo de inventario físico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/physical-inventory-count-copying-or-merging","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo copiar o combinar archivos de conteo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Realizar un conteo de inventario físico"}]},{"id":"7a65009e7162646040fa25a02a683d679abe5653","title":"Importar resultados del conteo de inventario físico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/physical-inventory-count-importing-results","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo importar los resultados del conteo de inventario físico en una hoja de conteo en RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Realizar un conteo de inventario físico"}]},{"id":"647562b8e00af775571d5e5a48ed677f2f50cb2e","title":"Calcular y confirmar resultados del conteo de inventario físico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/physical-inventory-count-calculating-results","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo calcular discrepancias entre la cantidad contada y la cantidad esperada en la base de datos de la tienda, iniciar un nuevo recuento y cómo confirmar cambios en la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Realizar un conteo de inventario físico"}]},{"id":"2b5b4b69d0ae4e0d582a6ec22cd196124349e7ec","title":"Generar informes de inventario físico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/perform-a-physical-inventory-count/generating-physical-inventory-reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo generar los informes de inventario físico.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Realizar un conteo de inventario físico"}]},{"id":"4645e1ba0ed4810d31e5823ffb09a5d8738eda7d","title":"Administrar inventario sin conexión","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-offline-inventory","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"}]},{"id":"e497a34315b54308ab3745cafb926d8d1703e1f0","title":"Administrar inventario sin conexión","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-offline-inventory/managing-offline-inventory","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para administrar inventario sin conexión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Administrar inventario sin conexión"}]},{"id":"34cc65aeaf1c988efc014bc97adffd70e4651cb7","title":"Mover un artículo al inventario sin conexión","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-offline-inventory/moving-item-to-offline-inventory","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo mover un artículo al inventario sin conexión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Administrar inventario sin conexión"}]},{"id":"bde70964048be92c85038fb897a4a75f510c1aba","title":"Transferir un artículo fuera del inventario sin conexión","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-offline-inventory/transferring-item-from-offline-inventory-out-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo transferir un artículo fuera del inventario sin conexión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Administrar inventario sin conexión"}]},{"id":"adeb1370e40cabd9d266e2da158c5325edcd64b5","title":"Generar el informe de inventario sin conexión","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-inventory/manage-offline-inventory/generating-offline-inventory-report","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo generar el informe de Lista de inventario sin conexión.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar inventario"},{"label":"Administrar inventario sin conexión"}]},{"id":"893c2349c98a66cfd0cfe59b655a67695dd42d91","title":"Administrar órdenes de compra y transferencias de salida","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"}]},{"id":"4d4fdc15f86cf139a7c4793c8abe55a49a4ee894","title":"Mejores prácticas para órdenes de compra","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out/purchase-order-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para las órdenes de compra (PO), como configurar el punto de reorden y el nivel de reabastecimiento, las unidades de medida de venta y compra, y la cantidad por paquete del fabricante (MPQ).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar órdenes de compra y transferencias de salida"}]},{"id":"845d7397f405b2f25e4e58c739a37d1239e94d97","title":"Crear órdenes de compra a partir de requisiciones de órdenes de compra","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out/creating-purchase-order-requisitions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar automáticamente artículos a las órdenes de compra creando una requisición de orden de compra y convirtiéndola en una orden de compra.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar órdenes de compra y transferencias de salida"}]},{"id":"9d140fae343ba7693aeef69332ff3d439121795f","title":"Crear órdenes de compra manualmente","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out/creating-purchase-order","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear una orden de compra y agregar artículos manualmente a la misma.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar órdenes de compra y transferencias de salida"}]},{"id":"a727f2d136912553cc0d07f55e8b6feec8636430","title":"Recibir órdenes de compra","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out/receiving-purchase-orders","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo recibir órdenes de compra de los proveedores.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar órdenes de compra y transferencias de salida"}]},{"id":"ea3946e7fd4707405fffd104a6adce9ade763db5","title":"Crear una transferencia de salida","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-purchase-orders-and-transfers-out/creating-transfer-order","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear una transferencia de salida y agregar artículos manualmente a la misma.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar órdenes de compra y transferencias de salida"}]},{"id":"148cd963d268d9e4525f9d6afb4503c8f8c48fd9","title":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"}]},{"id":"cd348a879b031a427253bf1544f281efa1c23365","title":"Mejores prácticas para cuentas por cobrar","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para cuentas por cobrar (AR), como verificar la solvencia, establecer límites de crédito, emitir estados de cuenta oportunamente y aplicar los plazos de pago.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"962181cf2a530d15a35b61c72dae0fef65540b26","title":"Acerca de los tipos de cuentas AR de empresa y de persona","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-understanding-account-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe los dos tipos de cuentas AR en RMH: cuentas de empresa y cuentas de persona. Este tema también describe los vínculos entre las cuentas AR y los registros de clientes, y los vínculos entre cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"277da361e0d7d8b3b2ef2f3835cd2b858bb76523","title":"Permisos de AR","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-permissions","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe los privilegios (permisos) necesarios para configurar o administrar cuentas AR en Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"f7a4d2059d44c3e80c4a1e887c83f1afa3490267","title":"Agregar un tipo de pago AR","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/setting-up-store-account-tender-type","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe la función del tipo de pago AR y por qué debe configurar un tipo de pago AR en RMH si su tienda usa cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"57cf088251392a678336a350c5d19499c7506313","title":"Agregar cuentas AR","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/setting-up-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar cuentas AR (de empresa o de persona) en Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"2f1483791298428a282ac2dc889e504dd90e563d","title":"Vincular registros de clientes con cuentas AR","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-linking-customer-record","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo vincular registros de clientes con cuentas AR para facilitar las compras con cuenta AR en POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"cdc2d8da854d9fa5167fd40e00578ec4c91acd36","title":"Vincular una cuenta AR a una cuenta maestra de facturación","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-linking-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo vincular una cuenta AR (de empresa o de persona) a una cuenta AR maestra con fines de facturación.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"c6449f3217c9df4a3de0a0319c5aa2a33496d058","title":"Bloquear compras a cuenta","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/blocking-purchases-on-account","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe dos métodos para bloquear compras en una cuenta AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"8788dd98f78cec9e6db8b6c3b3c18810c55147c6","title":"Ver asientos contables","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/viewing-ledger-entries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe dos métodos para ver los asientos contables de cuentas AR específicas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"716309bf53059efc6ba574ffd6ed2de4893a8fa9","title":"Introducir ajustes en la cuenta","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/entering-adjustments-on-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo introducir ajustes en cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"d9e5757858e48cfc16c48919c41c50c5b056566c","title":"Cerrar el ciclo de facturación","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/closing-the-billing-cycle","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe dos métodos para cerrar el ciclo de facturación de las cuentas AR. Debe cerrar el ciclo de facturación antes de imprimir o enviar estados de cuenta por correo electrónico.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"4ae1ab734a6e076b3db748b0ce4999f6b0149d17","title":"Imprimir o enviar estados de cuenta por correo electrónico","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/printing-or-emailing-statements","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo imprimir o enviar estados de cuenta por correo electrónico para cuentas AR después de cerrar el ciclo de facturación.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"5b22e7774a73e2dd1d837d5c5c505b30738a52f6","title":"Buscar estados de cuenta anteriores","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/looking-up-previous-statements","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo buscar estados de cuenta anteriores de una cuenta AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"6f40f3da8f75fd5c1f9e03cb1050c96741b70fb9","title":"Generar informes AR","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/generating-accounts-receivable-reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo generar informes AR para que pueda hacer seguimiento de las compras en cuentas AR, identificar cuentas AR con saldos pendientes, hacer seguimiento de los pagos a cuenta y mucho más.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"fa5cc6e4de09d2a50654ef49e4fe7ad58bd1f3d3","title":"Desactivar cuentas AR","pathname":"/es/store-manager/manage-accounts-receivable/accounts-receivable-deactivating-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo desactivar cuentas AR.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administrar cuentas por cobrar"}]},{"id":"48631e7cafd11dd27bef83b2f3ecc39e0a1457a5","title":"Generar informes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/generate-reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"}]},{"id":"ded8495b9378528b0e574496a020f825fe59a39a","title":"Acerca de los informes activos","pathname":"/es/store-manager/generate-reports/understanding-active-reports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe los diferentes tipos de informes activos disponibles en RMH y dónde se guardan los informes en el equipo local si no configura una carpeta compartida de red en Store Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Generar informes"}]},{"id":"ccc5eeebf4c138a24f0d341718e0552e98af9a56","title":"Agregar filtros","pathname":"/es/store-manager/generate-reports/reports-using-filters","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar las opciones de filtro para controlar qué datos se incluyen en los informes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Generar informes"}]},{"id":"17d0ca862a9f18d68fbe00e515de199eee40555f","title":"Cambiar diseños de informes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/generate-reports/reports-changing-layouts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo cambiar el diseño predeterminado de los informes activos. Puede mostrar u ocultar columnas, mover o cambiar el tamaño de las columnas, agrupar o desagrupar columnas y establecer límites de registros.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Generar informes"}]},{"id":"b53667bc2db2ed14481ed22c8c6c9bda7ebd0b0a","title":"Agregar búsqueda, filtros o resúmenes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/generate-reports/reports-adding-search-filters-summaries","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar un campo de búsqueda/búsqueda rápida a los informes y habilitar filtros o resúmenes para los datos de columnas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Generar informes"}]},{"id":"a60daa6fd5031cad08e6efdc6d856102b94b41a3","title":"Exportar o imprimir informes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/generate-reports/reports-exporting-printing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo exportar o imprimir informes. Puede exportar informes como hojas de cálculo (por ejemplo, Microsoft Excel) o PDF.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Generar informes"}]},{"id":"043d19368587acbf692fd2916dddb06fc942a0b3","title":"Guardar informes","pathname":"/es/store-manager/generate-reports/reports-saving","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe dos métodos para guardar informes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Generar informes"}]},{"id":"54d0a6bb67823ef118e8cacf61fe8ac7fb2b6813","title":"Administración","pathname":"/es/store-manager/administration","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"}]},{"id":"c37dd4f944f7112934064bcaefc3caa1daacce07","title":"Cambiar el idioma de la interfaz de usuario de POS","pathname":"/es/store-manager/administration/administrator-changing-interface-language","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo cambiar la interfaz de usuario de POS de inglés a uno de los idiomas disponibles, como español, francés o alemán.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administración"}]},{"id":"0616bfabcb6f3d6997f7fd723db7877883956af7","title":"Hacer una copia de seguridad de la base de datos de la tienda","pathname":"/es/store-manager/administration/backing-up-store-database","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo hacer una copia de seguridad de la base de datos de la tienda usando Store Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Store Manager"},{"label":"Administración"}]},{"id":"c8f422c9db4814febcb07ce3e9349c05478f4edd","title":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager","pathname":"/es/central-manager","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":""},{"id":"4f7534df37b911218942393601e45b3db6a6b17f","title":"Configurar grupos de tiendas","pathname":"/es/central-manager/configure-stores","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"}]},{"id":"7e40dcfe03c54825a640bf5ef64f23df89b68897","title":"Mejores prácticas para grupos de tiendas","pathname":"/es/central-manager/configure-stores/best-practices-store-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para utilizar grupos de tiendas para administrar el inventario de la tienda y facilitar la sincronización de datos entre la base de datos Central y la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Configurar grupos de tiendas"}]},{"id":"34c6da5577f8cd89561d2bc1593b9d8caad23881","title":"Configurar grupos de tiendas","pathname":"/es/central-manager/configure-stores/setting-up-store-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar grupos de tiendas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Configurar grupos de tiendas"}]},{"id":"73658529b6c439bc1c65b3d831acb61367e1e7dc","title":"Administrar empleados","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"}]},{"id":"cb620ef33076ed437611f367d3e241ac8ee82466","title":"Usuarios de Central","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees/central-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"}]},{"id":"fd67f9a189a83e47c3571f68e9fc41587060739b","title":"Configurar una política de contraseñas para usuarios de Central Manager","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees/central-users/setting-up-central-user-password-policy","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo establecer una política de contraseñas para empleados de la oficina central. La política de contraseñas se aplica a todos los empleados que tienen una cuenta de usuario para Central Manager o Central Loyalty.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Usuarios de Central"}]},{"id":"6d1293893bdefe839e51ff33d71ded64da5652e8","title":"Configurar roles de usuario de Central Manager","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees/central-users/setting-up-central-manager-user-roles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar roles de usuario de Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Usuarios de Central"}]},{"id":"7c7c3307edeec09a2fbbfa5a4081ab64ad92876c","title":"Crear cuentas de usuario de Central Manager","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees/central-users/setting-up-central-user-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear cuentas de usuario para los empleados que usan la aplicación Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Usuarios de Central"}]},{"id":"bf341791411c9684be3dd269ddb88a70bb139b5d","title":"Usuarios de la tienda","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees/store-users","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"}]},{"id":"0362d7763e1db969ba1390fb029801585e6dd469","title":"Configurar una política de contraseñas para usuarios de la tienda","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees/store-users/setting-up-store-user-password-policy","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo establecer una política de contraseñas para los empleados de la tienda. La política de contraseñas se aplica a todos los empleados que tienen una cuenta de usuario para POS, Store Manager o Store Loyalty.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Usuarios de la tienda"}]},{"id":"651d933d3db2f1dfd8bbbbf21559c7c96e82c30f","title":"Configurar roles de usuario de Store Manager","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees/store-users/setting-up-manager-role","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar roles de usuario para empleados que usan Store Manager. Los roles de usuario son grupos de privilegios específicos de cada rol que pueden asignarse a uno o más empleados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Usuarios de la tienda"}]},{"id":"478fffc0c13afdc77a20e0330ae4b32eab03558e","title":"Configurar roles de usuario de POS","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees/store-users/setting-up-pos-user-roles","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar roles de usuario para empleados que usan POS. Los roles de usuario son grupos de privilegios específicos de cada rol que pueden asignarse a uno o más empleados.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Usuarios de la tienda"}]},{"id":"b24da1e630287626523a1748a31ff771e9e7e0de","title":"Crear cuentas de usuario de la tienda","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees/store-users/setting-up-store-user-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear cuentas de usuario para los empleados de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"},{"label":"Usuarios de la tienda"}]},{"id":"b91d417bf15eb6336566a5ee06618d0444e0aa6c","title":"Desactivar cuentas de usuario","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-employees/deactivating-user-accounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo desactivar cuentas de usuario cuando termina el empleo de una persona.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar empleados"}]},{"id":"62621a4deb7582638ec9a449884a60fe368ff71f","title":"Administrar clientes","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-customers","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"}]},{"id":"df58431c685fb9b0b96dce540b1fbcd75ccbece9","title":"Sincronizar registros de clientes entre tiendas","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-customers/customers-synchronizing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica cómo se sincronizan los registros de clientes entre tiendas administradas centralmente y la base de datos Central.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar clientes"}]},{"id":"7b4e0c20c56df7360c6f3fb0d6717c688130eabc","title":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"}]},{"id":"86876c9adbe591cd7052fae9a59d0ef3413ad75a","title":"Acerca de las hojas de trabajo","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/using-worksheets","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo se usan las hojas de trabajo para administrar el inventario de la tienda desde Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"d9b426b946fb4b77a6eec3b663d1fd866df9b356","title":"Lista de hojas de trabajo disponibles","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe todas las hojas de trabajo disponibles en Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"677e083d37eefffa9336be4d106c47968084a1fc","title":"Usar la exportación e importación de archivos para actualizar hojas de trabajo","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/using-file-export-import-update","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo exportar datos de hojas de trabajo a un archivo delimitado por tabulaciones, delimitado por comas o con formato XML para que pueda editarlos en otra aplicación y luego importar los datos de nuevo a RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"c12f50cd873552b28c73f4e9177bc2480392f8dd","title":"Actualizar precios de artículos usando la Hoja de trabajo 251","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-251-update-item-prices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 251: Actualizar inventario - Precios de artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"6b012c175cdb6fc35a35f839ac4f669d1e6e5c1a","title":"Actualizar precios de artículos de matriz usando la Hoja de trabajo 252","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-252-update-matrix-item-prices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 252: Actualizar precios de artículos de matriz.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"04089d078b7b470465caf0b3aa2c9992f978e772","title":"Descargar artículos a las tiendas usando la Hoja de trabajo 261","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-261-download-items","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 261: Descargar artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"4d25c225600cbe57915f38b92de8da2aca086d3d","title":"Cambiar la información de pedido de artículos usando la Hoja de trabajo 303","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-303-change-item-ordering-info","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 303: Cambiar información de pedido de artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"e2143ddb879b4d97e1ac381756e41dceed5a04a8","title":"Actualizar precios de artículos usando la Hoja de trabajo 304","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-304-change-item-prices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 304: Cambiar precios de artículos (regular).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"3ac3cebdd1ef95692d9b78c010b2c21d16b3975c","title":"Actualizar la información de reabastecimiento usando la Hoja de trabajo 308","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-308-change-item-restocking-info","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 308: Cambiar información de reabastecimiento de artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"f4f272f2e35186356e95184bb56cacd214abbe7f","title":"Ajustar el impuesto sobre las ventas de un artículo usando la Hoja de trabajo 320","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-320-adjust-item-sales-tax","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 320: Ajustar impuesto sobre las ventas del artículo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"07808fca0d767aec800eb253a8345dd4c6b98870","title":"Bloquear las ventas de artículos usando la Hoja de trabajo 321","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-321-change-item-block-sales","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 321: Cambiar bloqueo de ventas del artículo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"971a8a57d2d46195bf97434f607c1f4e65828bfa","title":"Cambiar descuentos de artículos usando la Hoja de trabajo 322","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-322-change-item-discounts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 322: Cambiar descuentos de artículos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"9ce06308f2ba058f53ff86d638c6e9c6f4806c6f","title":"Iniciar transferencias de inventario entre tiendas usando la Hoja de trabajo 330","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-330-inventory-transfer","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 330: Transferencia de inventario.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"5ef3297676f3456b7c10589fcace4fc3f06e6763","title":"Iniciar órdenes de compra usando la Hoja de trabajo 340","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-340-purchase-order-planner","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 340: Planificador de PO.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"660ea697e351cf204bb86598a535b751a78374f3","title":"Actualizar precios de artículos usando la Hoja de trabajo 351","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-351-update-item-prices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 351: Actualizar inventario - Coste de precios de artículos (regular).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"49f68169ead83999f755eea1b4efbe13249418df","title":"Conciliar el inventario de la tienda usando la Hoja de trabajo 501 con la Tarea 190","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-worksheets/worksheet-501-request-full-inv-count","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Hoja de trabajo 501: Solicitar recuento completo de inventario y la Tarea 190: Conciliar inventario.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda mediante hojas de trabajo"}]},{"id":"360c76db0a0a638edafc17929be74b3ebb4d406a","title":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda usando el Asistente de inventario","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-the-inventory-wizard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"}]},{"id":"7183b78fb51acda5c367fdcf634506f7c5a09119","title":"Hacer que los artículos estén activos/inactivos","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-the-inventory-wizard/inventory-wizard-active-inactive","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Tarea 200: Hacer artículos activos y la Tarea 210: Hacer artículos inactivos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda usando el Asistente de inventario"}]},{"id":"96bd0fbc04b6e56714667818593acef9d1e97c2b","title":"Asignar descuentos a los artículos","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-the-inventory-wizard/inventory-wizard-active-inactive-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Tarea 5020: Establecer descuento de artículo.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda usando el Asistente de inventario"}]},{"id":"0b6a5a7172a2c191598acde6c46748fcc9a1ce57","title":"Impedir que los artículos se agreguen a las órdenes de compra","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-the-inventory-wizard/inventory-wizard-po","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Tarea 1010: No se puede colocar en orden de compra.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda usando el Asistente de inventario"}]},{"id":"ff3ce5ce9846f57f7f418e939c73a85e901a5453","title":"Marcar artículos como disponibles en el sitio web","pathname":"/es/central-manager/manage-store-inventory-using-the-inventory-wizard/inventory-wizard-po-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo usar la Tarea 1230: El artículo está disponible en el sitio web.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Central Manager"},{"label":"Administrar el inventario de la tienda usando el Asistente de inventario"}]},{"id":"78a868e2685b73659f2f349d7ce039fde563e1a6","title":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":""},{"id":"203fa076d4aca389cf912e7a1a9619dbd4cfbb70","title":"Acerca de RMH Loyalty","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/overview","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema presenta la extensión RMH Loyalty para RMH. Permite a las tiendas crear sus propios programas de fidelización de clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"}]},{"id":"a568331f2fde31114ec94d184d81d649565d5e80","title":"Mejores prácticas para RMH Loyalty","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/best-practices","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para usar RMH Loyalty para crear un programa de fidelización de clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"}]},{"id":"aca34d5528f9d09860dff5bedbedd100fe476dd2","title":"Explorar la pantalla de Loyalty Manager","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/opening-lm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explora elementos de la pantalla de la aplicación Loyalty Manager, como las pestañas Gestión de clientes, Grupos de incentivos, Grupos de clientes, Recopilación, Canje, Aceleradores y Fidelización.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"}]},{"id":"48184865a9edb28bd7afd1e9956fb95ad881a781","title":"Conceptos de fidelización","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"}]},{"id":"68caefc0188900e21ed80daeb1240ac30e192fd6","title":"Programas de fidelización","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/loyalty-programs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica cómo se crean los programas de fidelización definiendo calendarios de acumulación de puntos y canje de puntos, y habilitando o deshabilitando la opción de inscripción del cliente.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Conceptos de fidelización"}]},{"id":"93f48ac03a8f80d4d726eadf4803a84070dd53a4","title":"Calendarios de acumulación","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/collection-schedules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica el papel de los calendarios de acumulación de puntos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Conceptos de fidelización"}]},{"id":"75c8e96a2cf3481086a8c822f9805a9a2a067c0c","title":"Calendarios de canje","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/redemption-schedules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica el papel de los calendarios de canje de puntos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Conceptos de fidelización"}]},{"id":"fc6141769b98132bce1119fa29cf977091a77dd6","title":"Aceleradores de puntos","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/point-accelerators","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica el papel de los aceleradores de puntos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Conceptos de fidelización"}]},{"id":"326e16420b39392dca1be786b24068a8369d48be","title":"Grupos de incentivos","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/incentive-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica el papel de los grupos de incentivos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Conceptos de fidelización"}]},{"id":"761f4dfeaf947b6b94cc3498fc362a427eb562aa","title":"Grupos de clientes","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/customer-groups","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica el papel de los grupos de clientes.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Conceptos de fidelización"}]},{"id":"877ba8b7e6b8c1a653c534c83f7f5d8cd1192b62","title":"Lote de fidelización","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/loyalty-concepts/loyalty-batch","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica el papel del lote de fidelización.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Conceptos de fidelización"}]},{"id":"398d24935e172f8df6b34311bee0408d8977c36d","title":"Crear una programación de acumulación","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-a-collection-schedule","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"}]},{"id":"580a9245446bebfe4e37a016dabadd6aef651eee","title":"Tipos de acumulación","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-a-collection-schedule/collection-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explora los tres tipos de programaciones de acumulación de puntos: puntos por precio, puntos por cesta y puntos por cantidad.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Crear una programación de acumulación"}]},{"id":"fae590d82ace09b0043a5351a661cad68347cf34","title":"Reglas de acumulación","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-a-collection-schedule/collection-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las reglas obligatorias y opcionales para las programaciones de acumulación de puntos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Crear una programación de acumulación"}]},{"id":"b2325e5ab48385f47ca3f04302f3276d635fd484","title":"Crear una programación de acumulación","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-a-collection-schedule/creating-collection-schedule","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear una programación de acumulación de puntos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Crear una programación de acumulación"}]},{"id":"edc1a7fa89d7f0971f5a03805aab90e331577a33","title":"Crear una programación de canje","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-a-redemption-schedule","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"}]},{"id":"60a4b6a932b5bd361a703f80d86cff55c3acbb79","title":"Tipos de canje","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-a-redemption-schedule/redemption-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explora los siete tipos de canje de puntos disponibles en RMH Loyalty: descuento en dólares, descuento porcentual, compensación, cupón porcentual, cupón de compensación y artículo de recompensa.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Crear una programación de canje"}]},{"id":"2b51b19923d7c3e72de05b13019ce2ba6f2d7d7a","title":"Reglas de canje","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-a-redemption-schedule/redemption-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las reglas obligatorias y opcionales para las programaciones de canje de puntos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Crear una programación de canje"}]},{"id":"d5f34902888c89e9677a3ac2cb747d0b66dd1b12","title":"Matriz de canje","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-a-redemption-schedule/redemption-matrix","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explora escenarios comunes de programas de fidelización.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Crear una programación de canje"}]},{"id":"06e8004de3b197da019b15ca64ba6486e3987477","title":"Crear una programación de canje","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-a-redemption-schedule/creating-redemption-schedule","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear una programación de canje de puntos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Crear una programación de canje"}]},{"id":"202992aae4b0e3a756b5cfa016ba832c219c0347","title":"Crear aceleradores de puntos","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-point-accelerators","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"}]},{"id":"c11469764ea59e8c47f5ea083b856cf43df23d96","title":"Tipos de aceleradores","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-point-accelerators/accelerator-types","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explora los cuatro tipos de aceleradores de puntos disponibles en RMH Loyalty: hora feliz, promoción, ventas y club.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Crear aceleradores de puntos"}]},{"id":"95f2c20bd6366d120ec1f76a891ad3b16113c577","title":"Reglas de aceleración","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/create-point-accelerators/accelerator-rules","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las reglas obligatorias para los aceleradores de puntos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"},{"label":"Crear aceleradores de puntos"}]},{"id":"077fd58cb6ffb08642fa2f1004f1633ae9dd622c","title":"Crear un programa de fidelización","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/creating-loyalty-program","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear un programa de fidelización y conectarlo con las programaciones aplicables de acumulación y canje de puntos. También puede establecer una fecha de entrada en vigor y habilitar o deshabilitar la suscripción.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"}]},{"id":"5eb6f8cdefc3005346306e05be57f732e2480b8f","title":"Configurar el recibo del POS para mostrar la información del programa de fidelización","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/configuring-pos-receipt","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar la plantilla de recibo del POS para mostrar el nombre del programa de fidelización, así como los puntos ganados, los puntos canjeados, los saldos de puntos y los mensajes en los recibos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"}]},{"id":"cc14612d95e12bb3effd4a3e2747df6a1c14a4f3","title":"Acumular y canjear puntos de fidelización en el POS","pathname":"/es/loyalty-manager/using-loyalty-at-pos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo los clientes pueden acumular y canjear puntos del programa de fidelización en el POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía del usuario de Loyalty Manager"}]},{"id":"55b9c701613ba106a67592f735d082a9e1b0bcd8","title":"Tutoriales en video","pathname":"/es/video-tutorials","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema proporciona enlaces a videos que las tiendas pueden usar para capacitar a sus empleados para realizar tareas básicas en POS, Store Manager, Loyalty Manager y Central Manager."},{"id":"9c6de8d7cb07491d52bb1da7c15e9fb4665982d5","title":"Guía de instalación de RMH","pathname":"/es/installation","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":""},{"id":"205ac5648fdb06ef9e411bcad9d197437f4ac87e","title":"Aplicaciones de RMH","pathname":"/es/installation/rmh-applications","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las distintas aplicaciones de RMH: POS, Store Manager, Store Administrator, Central Manager, Central Administrator, Central Server, Central Client y Loyalty Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"1c0e01fddff69e87a126f287175b3980950b512e","title":"Requisitos del sistema","pathname":"/es/installation/system-requirements","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema identifica los requisitos mínimos y recomendados del sistema para RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"9d004d22277b407ebbe9b33c220ee05bed1e4f0f","title":"Opciones de implementación","pathname":"/es/installation/deployment-options","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"4b74e0c14234b97786e2cc6792923b753611c1f5","title":"Implementaciones de una sola tienda","pathname":"/es/installation/deployment-options/deployment-options-ss","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe implementaciones comunes de RMH para una sola tienda. Las implementaciones también se conocen como instalaciones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Opciones de implementación"}]},{"id":"2a4fcad46d1439828d160cd5e80d8961fe82def9","title":"Implementaciones multitienda","pathname":"/es/installation/deployment-options/deployment-options-ms-cm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe implementaciones comunes de RMH para varias tiendas. Las implementaciones también se conocen como instalaciones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Opciones de implementación"}]},{"id":"4453fa0bfdd8cdf84ecb016412ad89cfb2fefd7c","title":"Implementaciones de Loyalty Manager","pathname":"/es/installation/deployment-options/deployment-options-w-lm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe implementaciones comunes de Store Loyalty y Central Loyalty para RMH. Las implementaciones también se conocen como instalaciones.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Opciones de implementación"}]},{"id":"0893bdaba149a0861b75e27c94d47339ecfbf7ba","title":"Licencias","pathname":"/es/installation/licensing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"6e134a490186457f7bee596eb2dd79d86b2fbf80","title":"Acerca de las claves de licencia y la activación","pathname":"/es/installation/licensing/licensing-activations","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica el mecanismo de licenciamiento en la nube utilizado por RMH y cómo se activan las claves de licencia para las aplicaciones de RMH con licencia (POS, Store Manager, Central Manager y Central Connector/Central Client).","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Licencias"}]},{"id":"cca1280db8a355752117539c2f1eb46c4a33f6c6","title":"Acerca de las claves de licencia y los puestos concurrentes","pathname":"/es/installation/licensing/licensing-concurrent-seats","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica los conceptos de puestos concurrentes, también conocidos como puestos flotantes. También explica cómo se validan los puestos al iniciar sesión y qué sucede si RMH no puede renovar los puestos.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Licencias"}]},{"id":"c6e1928f70b6ef275eb8d240166502d142539ba3","title":"Acerca de la conectividad a Internet y las licencias","pathname":"/es/installation/licensing/licensing-offline","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica cómo se requiere una conexión a Internet para la licencia de RMH y qué sucede si las aplicaciones de RMH con licencia pierden la conectividad a Internet.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Licencias"}]},{"id":"ebdb284f34d772918c1bdfb5c8165eb6597d068e","title":"Licencias perpetuas frente a licencias por suscripción","pathname":"/es/installation/licensing/licensing-type","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe los tipos de licencias perpetuas y por suscripción disponibles para las aplicaciones de RMH con licencia.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Licencias"}]},{"id":"c24fc51365d9ad10e354213c6049b52128ab3403","title":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre licencias","pathname":"/es/installation/licensing/licensing-faq","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema responde a preguntas frecuentes sobre las licencias de RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Licencias"}]},{"id":"0bfd65f310c7e352e5e5ba33e270f32a55de9c34","title":"Convertir de la licencia MLM a la licencia RMH Hub","pathname":"/es/installation/licensing/licensing-mlm-to-ls","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar las aplicaciones de RMH con licencia para usar claves de licencia obtenidas a través de RMH Hub.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Licencias"}]},{"id":"81e578324ecef5561828f9b4646627210594ed71","title":"Cambiar el nombre o la dirección de la tienda en MLM","pathname":"/es/installation/licensing/licensing-changing-store-info","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo cambiar el nombre o la dirección de la tienda en el Multi-License Module, o MLM.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Licencias"}]},{"id":"3c5799e7ac0e060428bffb5ae84dfe19fd093a58","title":"Solución de problemas de licencias","pathname":"/es/installation/licensing/licensing-troubleshooting","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo solucionar problemas comunes con las licencias de RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Licencias"}]},{"id":"ba46d57d80636c63736039c4effd2fddec0daf31","title":"Mejores prácticas de red","pathname":"/es/installation/nbp_topics","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"106e9e6167d7860be1b425090ea9ecf484e28adb","title":"Introducción","pathname":"/es/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-introduction","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Mejores prácticas de red"}]},{"id":"3cf334d10efe5f023da72284887d6be29798757c","title":"Opciones de implementación","pathname":"/es/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-rmh-deployment-options","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las opciones de implementación de red para tiendas y aplicaciones de RMH. La implementación también se conoce como instalación.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Mejores prácticas de red"}]},{"id":"59aa82eceb18cac349d12aa18b022b9aaf3f473d","title":"Configurar la red","pathname":"/es/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-configuring","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe un método para configurar la red de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Mejores prácticas de red"}]},{"id":"0030bec60c653171ed4546b762d9b314d7cd89ad","title":"Asegurar y aislar la red","pathname":"/es/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-securing-and-isolating","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Mejores prácticas de red"}]},{"id":"565da0d9993e5f4a9141bb51ada917317283e735","title":"Crear una subred para RMH","pathname":"/es/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-securing-and-isolating/nbp-network-create-rmh-subnet","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear una subred para RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Mejores prácticas de red"},{"label":"Asegurar y aislar la red"}]},{"id":"bd6da4d2dce4d4d3d279fc1c34f24948a029c500","title":"Deshabilitar DHCP","pathname":"/es/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-securing-and-isolating/nbp-network-disable-dhcp","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo deshabilitar DHCP para evitar que el enrutador asigne automáticamente direcciones IP a los dispositivos que se conectan a la red RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Mejores prácticas de red"},{"label":"Asegurar y aislar la red"}]},{"id":"bf4f6e961fbb7956e85fb4bd63131e5f24f59caa","title":"Asignar una dirección IP estática","pathname":"/es/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-securing-and-isolating/nbp-network-assign-static-ip","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo asignar una dirección IP estática a todos los equipos de la tienda y a los dispositivos periféricos que necesitan acceder a la red RMH.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Mejores prácticas de red"},{"label":"Asegurar y aislar la red"}]},{"id":"814824259c21f176fba2d8ae08f6dd47670d7a4f","title":"Implementar una solución de conmutación por error de Internet","pathname":"/es/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-network-internet-failover","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las mejores prácticas para implementar una solución de conmutación por error de Internet, de modo que la tienda pueda seguir procesando pagos electrónicos si pierde su conexión a Internet.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Mejores prácticas de red"}]},{"id":"70e8f3ab730a08366b29624071220aace7bef4d7","title":"Conclusión y ejemplo","pathname":"/es/installation/nbp_topics/nbp-conclusion","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Mejores prácticas de red"}]},{"id":"2d028ad71c5729e30ba11eb31010173043dc3099","title":"Instalar .NET","pathname":"/es/installation/installation-dot-net","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar .NET en los equipos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"5216c030ed2b400b090950df57a15cb3946a579f","title":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"f684cf69dbab02c900bfaa0afb08b805515e9bc2","title":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre RMH y SQL Server","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"}]},{"id":"3bee63a46ed69dafb8a082af1b849c376e2f5cf4","title":"Introducción","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-introduction","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre RMH y SQL Server"}]},{"id":"750f9e6976d2f9e4bf9c58673ddd987a03b48d80","title":"¿Cuáles son las limitaciones de SQL Server Express?","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-what-are-limitations-of-sql-express","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe las limitaciones de tamaño de base de datos, memoria y procesador de SQL Server Express.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre RMH y SQL Server"}]},{"id":"abb0572f7447d51a65ff546c0d805a14f1738b5f","title":"¿Qué contribuye al crecimiento de la base de datos de RMH?","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-what-contributes-rmh-database-growth","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe qué hace que la base de datos de RMH aumente de tamaño.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre RMH y SQL Server"}]},{"id":"a51d26ec18296893627fbaab4435df98662805d9","title":"¿Cuándo debo actualizar desde SQL Server Express?","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-when-to-upgrade-from-sql-express","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explora las razones por las que una tienda debería actualizar de SQL Server Express a una edición de pago de SQL Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre RMH y SQL Server"}]},{"id":"5e874818db1df185d5e26d75f28c546934cb4580","title":"¿Dónde puedo obtener información sobre precios y licencias de SQL Server?","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-pricing-licensing","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo funcionan las licencias de acceso de cliente (CAL) y dónde pueden obtener las tiendas más información sobre licencias y precios de SQL Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre RMH y SQL Server"}]},{"id":"825ae8bbbd9f263400195d897f5771c56231a91e","title":"¿Instalar SQL Server en un equipo dedicado mejora el rendimiento?","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-does-installing-sql-on-dedicated-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explora cómo puede mejorar el rendimiento instalando SQL Server en un equipo dedicado.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre RMH y SQL Server"}]},{"id":"a629e00eb7cf18a28ed63e5ff75051047c5ee5b0","title":"¿Cómo puedo configurar SQL Server en un equipo remoto?","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-how-to-configure-sql-on-remote-machine","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo puede configurar SQL Server en un equipo remoto.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre RMH y SQL Server"}]},{"id":"f5dcda3441a49180b44ef6f689cadf951c90257d","title":"Conclusión","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/sql_topics/sql-conclusion","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"},{"label":"Preguntas frecuentes sobre RMH y SQL Server"}]},{"id":"14d30be03769cbbac603ba624aa1b7b4a8f1ef5a","title":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/installation-sql-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema proporciona un ejemplo de cómo instalar Microsoft SQL Server. Consulte la documentación oficial de Microsoft para obtener instrucciones completas de instalación.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"}]},{"id":"39d29b09c1cabb42da8eeec551a10cdcc315682f","title":"(Opcional) Instalar Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/installation-sql-server-management-studio","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema proporciona un ejemplo de cómo instalar Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio. Consulte la documentación oficial de Microsoft para obtener instrucciones completas de instalación.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"}]},{"id":"437850ab1a6bb39034412777657771e02162840b","title":"Habilitar TCP/IP y abrir el puerto 1433","pathname":"/es/installation/install-microsoft-sql-server/installation-sql-server-tcpip-ports","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo habilitar TCP/IP y abrir el puerto 1433 para que las aplicaciones RMH puedan comunicarse con SQL Server y sincronizar datos con la base de datos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Microsoft SQL Server"}]},{"id":"ca70fcb1c0a8bc66527febae76707d4ed528714c","title":"Descargar el paquete de versión de RMH","pathname":"/es/installation/release-package","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo descargar el paquete de versión de RMH desde el sitio web de soporte.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"21c55f249b1920ca3173d2c226ac7ad275132e7b","title":"Instalar Store Manager (tienda única)","pathname":"/es/installation/install-store-manager-single-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"d9de460ffd8adbf71252c979cd630cec17c12d39","title":"Lista de verificación de instalación para una sola tienda","pathname":"/es/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/checklist-single-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema proporciona una lista de verificación para instalar RMH en una sola tienda. Imprima esta lista y vaya marcando cada paso a medida que lo complete.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Store Manager (tienda única)"}]},{"id":"96a1bc9f4a2f007a3a9e7557f316a821f5b1a7da","title":"Instalar Store Manager","pathname":"/es/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar Store Manager en un equipo de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Store Manager (tienda única)"}]},{"id":"2aac8b501deefadb1af41744db77ce64b668f994","title":"Configurar la conexión a SQL Server y a la base de datos de la tienda","pathname":"/es/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm-configuration-sql-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar la conexión a SQL Server y a la base de datos de la tienda en Store Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Store Manager (tienda única)"}]},{"id":"25fcb37d5b31059adc6be7d60be7b19e9ad8823a","title":"Conectarse a SQL Server y a la base de datos de la tienda","pathname":"/es/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm-connect-sql-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo conectarse a SQL Server y a la base de datos de la tienda en Store Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Store Manager (tienda única)"}]},{"id":"c1d1358cee230b3c3ee2a8c26b12b838edbab258","title":"(Opcional) Crear una nueva base de datos de la tienda","pathname":"/es/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm-create-store-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear una nueva base de datos de la tienda en Store Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Store Manager (tienda única)"}]},{"id":"af20fb1007ba043f7d6815b1dcc65fc8dcd0049e","title":"(Opcional) Instalar MLM","pathname":"/es/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-mlm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar el Multi-License Module, o MLM, en un equipo de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Store Manager (tienda única)"}]},{"id":"afe6c194f79b75ef14e405ca9cfd4902d4237641","title":"(Opcional) Activar las licencias de Store Manager y POS en MLM","pathname":"/es/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm-activate-license","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo activar las claves de licencia de Store Manager y POS en MLM.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Store Manager (tienda única)"}]},{"id":"95c678171bd2890719b078d9659ed5c06ffe2352","title":"Conectarse a la base de datos de la tienda con licencia y forzar la instalación de tablas","pathname":"/es/installation/install-store-manager-single-store/installation-sm-connect-to-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo conectarse a la base de datos de la tienda con licencia y actualizar las tablas de la base de datos de la tienda mediante la función Forzar instalación de tablas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Store Manager (tienda única)"}]},{"id":"f133867c5651b4abee448996b4445c96d8d18e55","title":"Instalar POS","pathname":"/es/installation/install-pos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"a41156771411d33facb6eb4ab5d691c6b827b7d1","title":"Instalar POS para .NET","pathname":"/es/installation/install-pos/installation-pos-dot-net","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar POS para .NET en los equipos de la tienda que ejecutan la aplicación POS.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar POS"}]},{"id":"c94696a0caefb1f4ac0a1a3c0e12e3649546396b","title":"Instalar POS","pathname":"/es/installation/install-pos/installation-pos","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar POS en los equipos de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar POS"}]},{"id":"a2c3aa3024b754647ab345f4f16e0458d607d124","title":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"76b121704b782394935e3ff7321d2c4bfffb8b6f","title":"Lista de verificación de instalación para varias tiendas","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/checklist-multi-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema proporciona una lista de verificación para instalar RMH en una implementación multitienda (Central). Imprima esta lista y vaya marcando cada paso a medida que lo complete.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"2fc4500e83bb47ba385910402afae0d1fc89209b","title":"Instalar Central Manager","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar Central Manager en un equipo de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"0b3a1cbab0791a4a252b147061bed88de7281250","title":"Configurar la conexión a SQL Server y a la base de datos Central","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm-configuration-sql-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar la conexión a SQL Server y a la base de datos Central en Central Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"644e17042561eab29bc96770d50164d28d62978d","title":"Conectarse a SQL Server y a la base de datos Central y forzar la instalación de tablas","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm-connect-to-central-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo conectarse a SQL Server y a la base de datos Central en Central Administrator, y cómo actualizar las tablas de la base de datos Central mediante la función Forzar instalación de tablas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"842b895ecc99cff4a51e11fbd7d602e04df91f6d","title":"Activar la licencia de usuario Central","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm-activate-license","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo activar la clave de licencia para Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"fbb56c4e637025946154fc1bd191117575ecf083","title":"Instalar y configurar Central Server","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-central-server","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar y configurar Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"b4600dad5279fae04c2a83db308210a76b975b3a","title":"Preparar la base de datos Central e iniciar los servicios del servidor","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-central-server-prepare-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo preparar la base de datos Central e iniciar los servicios de Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"450173f74e370ef7e840155a2102a304c1c4a597","title":"Instalar Store Manager","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-sm-cm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar Store Manager en un equipo de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"0404d62baf76186767922582511a18543791ae9e","title":"Instalar y configurar Central Client","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-central-client","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar y configurar Central Client.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"5470b1aca20f7f6ab4162f29da6bd7d817c02fc8","title":"Activar la licencia de Central Connector","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-central-client-activate-license","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo activar la clave de licencia para Central Client. En RMH Hub, esta se denomina clave de licencia de Central Connector.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"d0879c76883c951785d333249eceee81c5360088","title":"Preparar la base de datos de la tienda e iniciar los servicios del cliente","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-central-client-prepare-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo preparar la base de datos de la tienda e iniciar los servicios de Central Client.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"198d9fd4ede54b802d68947550f2e2d947512106","title":"Instalar y configurar Flash Bridge","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-flash-bridge","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar y configurar Flash Bridge en un equipo de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"9364d0c654fec7cbd6c255aa86e39197bf42d535","title":"Configurar Store Manager para que funcione con Central Manager","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm-configure-sm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar Store Manager para que funcione con Central Manager. Esto implica habilitar el modo Central en Store Manager e ingresar el host y el puerto de la puerta de enlace de entrada de Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"98f6ea12038b6604c8d85f35495a7b392a3e8549","title":"Agregar la tienda a Central Manager","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/installation-cm-configure-store","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo agregar una tienda a Central Manager ingresando el ID único de la tienda y asignándola a un grupo de tiendas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"5b3d8a0a14b854c8589372eff443bb67973febc5","title":"(Opcional) Usar la extensión de compatibilidad con versiones anteriores","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/backward-compatibility","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"0205a38faba31a9bc9edcfad99dee3bcaa1162ce","title":"Acerca de la extensión de compatibilidad con versiones anteriores","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/backward-compatibility/about-the-backward-compatibility-extension","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica el propósito de la extensión de compatibilidad con versiones anteriores y resume cómo implementarla en las tiendas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"(Opcional) Usar la extensión de compatibilidad con versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"3ec185f763ab6faaadf8ae8d1325088359cc0167","title":"Instalar la extensión de compatibilidad con versiones anteriores","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/backward-compatibility/backward-compatibility-installation","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar la extensión de compatibilidad con versiones anteriores en un equipo de la tienda.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"(Opcional) Usar la extensión de compatibilidad con versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"8b3bd6108ebf94280b245e1ee56b320c2e8fc132","title":"Identificar las tiendas Flash y no Flash","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/backward-compatibility/backward-compatibility-identify-stores","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo identificar en Central Server las tiendas que son Flash y las que no lo son.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"(Opcional) Usar la extensión de compatibilidad con versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"73b548e5561f4b12c53a17fbdf8560829cc32b0f","title":"Desactivar el servicio del procesador de hojas de trabajo","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/backward-compatibility/backward-compatibility-worksheet-processor","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo desactivar el servicio RMH Worksheet Processor en los equipos de la tienda que ejecutan la extensión de compatibilidad con versiones anteriores. La extensión usa el servicio personalizado RMH Central Custom.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"(Opcional) Usar la extensión de compatibilidad con versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"223b989986ed356636598a09c824c7cce56ab282","title":"Administrar servicios","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"}]},{"id":"b142be14bfc3c3ab37a8fffc21833d01d4f1f95a","title":"Revisar el panel de Central Client","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-client-dashboard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explora qué información está disponible en el panel de Central Client.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"}]},{"id":"47a08b88c7d49afb023bc12883ab9d560cd17c70","title":"Revisar el panel de Central Server","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-server-dashboard","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explora qué información está disponible en el panel de Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"}]},{"id":"4631260029da94ffd76ca6800008e07f80ac9853","title":"Detener o iniciar servicios","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-services-stop-start","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo detener o iniciar servicios en Central Client o Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"}]},{"id":"8cebdf364993426b60bce32f3ed4c5706d99c7d1","title":"Modificar la configuración","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/modify-settings","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"}]},{"id":"7d8b2d81a97eb9b13925c026774c4bd883b90398","title":"Modificar la configuración de Central Client","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/modify-settings/central-client-settings","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo modificar la configuración de Central Client, como la conexión a SQL Server y a la base de datos de la tienda, la puerta de enlace de entrada de Store, la puerta de enlace de entrada de Central y más.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"},{"label":"Modificar la configuración"}]},{"id":"2b429adbec51e5e5bac5bea48319fdfc042741d9","title":"Modificar la configuración de Central Server","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/modify-settings/central-server-settings","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo modificar la configuración de Central Server, como la conexión a SQL Server y a la base de datos Central, la puerta de enlace de entrada de Central y más.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"},{"label":"Modificar la configuración"}]},{"id":"d9bff5105c211f7d4050484bd2d66957cd5888bb","title":"Ejecutar el Comprobador de coherencia","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/consistency-checker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"}]},{"id":"0f63d53c0f0b9ffcba2ef78ade0aadbf14be51a7","title":"Acerca del Comprobador de coherencia","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/consistency-checker/about-the-consistency-checker","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema explica el propósito del Comprobador de coherencia e identifica tres métodos para ejecutarlo en las tiendas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"},{"label":"Ejecutar el Comprobador de coherencia"}]},{"id":"0fa03e23caa1b5f2707a6c88a6da774985c781bf","title":"Ejecutar manualmente en Central Client","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/consistency-checker/consistency-checker-central-client-flash","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo ejecutar manualmente el Comprobador de coherencia en Central Client.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"},{"label":"Ejecutar el Comprobador de coherencia"}]},{"id":"c16118d048b8aad80d376c2f2e36e890beea8200","title":"Ejecutar manualmente desde el Símbolo del sistema o PowerShell","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/consistency-checker/consistency-checker-command-prompt","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo ejecutar manualmente el Comprobador de coherencia desde el Símbolo del sistema o PowerShell.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"},{"label":"Ejecutar el Comprobador de coherencia"}]},{"id":"fbd5910c109465c7444ebe31ec09fa2c07409763","title":"Programar la ejecución automática mediante el Programador de tareas de Windows","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/consistency-checker/consistency-checker-task-scheduler","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo crear una tarea en el Programador de tareas de Windows para ejecutar el Comprobador de coherencia en días u horas específicas.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"},{"label":"Ejecutar el Comprobador de coherencia"}]},{"id":"c10b58116239e2cacd7e94dc6d95d24abce4337e","title":"Revisar registros","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-logs-flash","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo revisar registros en Central Client o Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"}]},{"id":"44e4f75566811f7488c9fc2717bd951383a4c70a","title":"Revisar eventos","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-events-flash","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo revisar eventos en Central Client o Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"}]},{"id":"a42ecee61969d3509d7830f89c398da764780b2c","title":"Revisar trabajos fallidos","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-failed-jobs","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo revisar trabajos fallidos en Central Client o Central Server.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"}]},{"id":"9254f03934aca17e85ca63e59bb3e114a20e3997","title":"Revisar las licencias","pathname":"/es/installation/install-central-manager-multi-store/manage-services/central-license","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo revisar las claves de licencia de Central Manager y Central Client. La clave de licencia de Central Client también se conoce como la clave de licencia de Central Connector.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Instalar Central Manager (multitienda)"},{"label":"Administrar servicios"}]},{"id":"169b187ab5e17bb34f082204684ba95cd6ac8afc","title":"Instalar Loyalty Manager","pathname":"/es/installation/installation-lm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo instalar Store Loyalty o Central Loyalty.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"c8164c0c6f44602fd0593416d9446d5b8d0d9612","title":"Migrar de RMS a RMH","pathname":"/es/installation/migrate-from-rms-to-rmh","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"08df7cd8bed0bbbb381f50bac3919497a75a82af","title":"Migrar de Store Operations a Store Manager","pathname":"/es/installation/migrate-from-rms-to-rmh/migration-so-to-sm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema identifica un método para migrar tiendas de RMS Store Operations a RMH Store Manager. Póngase en contacto con su socio para obtener más información.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Migrar de RMS a RMH"}]},{"id":"d4a51bc1d63223c95d5c65587f705fbfbe6fbe83","title":"Migrar de Headquarters a Central Manager","pathname":"/es/installation/migrate-from-rms-to-rmh/migration-hq-to-cm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema identifica un método para migrar tiendas de RMS Headquarters a RMH Central Manager. Póngase en contacto con su socio para obtener más información.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Migrar de RMS a RMH"}]},{"id":"d5e468fa5136fcf42badec580dfcf8aa1d933c93","title":"Actualizar RMH","pathname":"/es/installation/upgrade-rmh","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"8107174b92e28468c962883043412cc6f78c5a87","title":"Actualizar RMH","pathname":"/es/installation/upgrade-rmh/upgrading-rmh","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe un método para actualizar las tiendas a una versión más reciente de RMH. Póngase en contacto con su socio para obtener más información.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Actualizar RMH"}]},{"id":"4572e104ea42cda63ce2caf1a149b2da58aca2ba","title":"Actualizar Classic Central a Flash Central","pathname":"/es/installation/upgrade-rmh/upgrading-cm","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe un método para actualizar las tiendas de Classic Central Manager (también conocido como no Flash) a Flash Central Manager. Póngase en contacto con su socio para obtener más información.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Actualizar RMH"}]},{"id":"7510729220757ed8bf377f90dce4ae30ffb5f416","title":"Otros procedimientos","pathname":"/es/installation/other-procedures","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"}]},{"id":"45cd867baf67bc74d0285bb5452925a444947825","title":"Configurar la moneda","pathname":"/es/installation/other-procedures/configure-system-settings","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar la moneda en un equipo con Windows para que los precios de los artículos en POS y Store Manager usen los símbolos y formatos de la moneda local.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Otros procedimientos"}]},{"id":"b51814b66a03ea73cb78890be4042d873a6f04a2","title":"Ejecutar Forzar instalación de tablas como ejecutable","pathname":"/es/installation/other-procedures/force-install-tables-executable","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo ejecutar la función Forzar instalación de tablas como ejecutable.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Otros procedimientos"}]},{"id":"97127e905698637022149ee13a7d99798c4b793d","title":"Configurar Central Manager y varias tiendas en una máquina de prueba","pathname":"/es/installation/other-procedures/installation-cm-stores-test-machine-flash","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo configurar Central Manager y varias tiendas en un solo equipo con fines de prueba.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Otros procedimientos"}]},{"id":"c1cb3612b1db1797edab74de57eeedb8689f2b55","title":"Mejorar el rendimiento del tiempo de visualización de las listas de artículos en Central Manager","pathname":"/es/installation/other-procedures/configuring-performance-item-lists","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo editar el archivo RMH.Central.config para mejorar el rendimiento del tiempo de visualización de las listas de artículos en Central Manager.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Otros procedimientos"}]},{"id":"c0f182fbf4266e212b983323ff924cce0204466d","title":"Exportar una base de datos de tienda desde Central Administrator","pathname":"/es/installation/other-procedures/central-admin-export-store-db","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"Este tema describe cómo exportar una base de datos de tienda desde Central Administrator.","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Guía de instalación de RMH"},{"label":"Otros procedimientos"}]},{"id":"7434463a08e1e786013e31b47c68dcf37b1d8312","title":"Documentación de versiones","pathname":"/es/releases","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":""},{"id":"2284f23b9494166b5e90f6b6606feaccee9c8387","title":"3.51.15","pathname":"/es/releases/3.51.15","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"}]},{"id":"3da903e46a9fb67efe922407ff1472765f39f0cf","title":"3.51.14","pathname":"/es/releases/3.51.14","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"}]},{"id":"0eeb0db03cf40d73b60c1385685053354824d827","title":"3.51.13","pathname":"/es/releases/3-51-13","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"}]},{"id":"877678a50c9f5485446a3410402f211213e39838","title":"Versiones anteriores","pathname":"/es/releases/old","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"}]},{"id":"e65b37c92fb31cfa7bd7c4127d242c80f2ef9f8f","title":"3.51.12","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-12","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"d9b077b1110ce3eb8e20e551976d569b2a59c4f7","title":"3.51.11","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-11","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"8dd7a51ae816f6d30df95b12d40e22065c712994","title":"3.51.10","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-10","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"0bd51f776afa5c35444ebfd331e11212f0f6a011","title":"3.51.9","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-9","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"987e9729718b7ae8b1d7c0d0620a5ed013eaef97","title":"3.51.8","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-8","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"110c94dfdd917ec9da07c8245f09600a5ce4ceff","title":"3.51.7","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-7","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"922c0f352a686355eb0877fa590d0b7eb7f63ace","title":"3.51.6","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-6","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"c35f710c41df50d826f9e29dc7e60c9dbecf3b5f","title":"3.51.5","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-5","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"f0fa17b3f72b63df96abfae96b4a244dc782ce0e","title":"3.51.4","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-4","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"268b4c4aa6468838741366a470833ca572046d17","title":"3.51.3","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-3","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"7b0c4e75a04f08d3a0bf7c599a8ed76cb75b32dc","title":"3.51.2","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-2","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"27abd2142cdd7df9b5fdccc01d5f6a70ff1e4fab","title":"3.51.1","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"bdb4736968f740b0c8af14edb59493b6580cc21b","title":"3.51.0","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-51-0","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"0169c5fba473e4a4909c823fa84d5ca8b11281a7","title":"3.50.18","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-18","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"73834ac37f33c73fed7320fc16decc28f0329b2a","title":"3.50.17","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-17","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"86e7d37a5a9db4d09f9ab86c783296212dfddd6c","title":"3.50.16","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-16","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"b7ff05bfd344cb06805fb807841ba7ccf153fe52","title":"3.50.15","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-15","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"f0bad8fc5007755f5c36a7aa476464bd485f1eae","title":"3.50.14","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-14","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"f7d522b0f39e1d109aa5cf7ce1822d3f934b5c73","title":"3.50.13","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-13","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"c5ab99669405ddd594dbbcdca53657003ecf093b","title":"3.50.12","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-12","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"6678e6b04693bc3f240cbe594865b9f9f56bf9d3","title":"3.50.11","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-11","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"3fee4335e2f34eb8be1ea7ec420f79dcf5a01dae","title":"3.50.10","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-10","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"1fd735926ede7a9ba749716179058272f9becfa9","title":"3.50.9","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-9","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"19c11a6ce1bd106baf67b36183654c0d8bd5ba7e","title":"3.50.8","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-8","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"4f772c6569fd842b8e4e71ec3872ca5a5e0ef244","title":"3.50.7","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-7","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"36a939f7417f64c35a6c3e4d0d8c1257c7f153c3","title":"3.50.6","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-6","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"ef404d93f2c1211507fd98283c70407eddf1a10c","title":"3.50.5","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-5","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"7927de653184f9a77794816e4980c7ece2d42553","title":"3.50.4","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-4","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"de549a7221dbc1403305e079936126dffa265b7a","title":"3.50.3","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-3","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"1995ade8e67aff1ea9ca0f3fdbfac1f51400eb7b","title":"3.50.2","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-2","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"ecfae88c7847d32a7d22f678816ab938924cc733","title":"3.50.1","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"7712b75f6391158a8133affb26b7a153e766813e","title":"3.50.0","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-50-0","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"a4c3b4cb3bbaeab11ca674e86667d2379a1b86c3","title":"3.11.21","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-21","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"64371c470909f8c7bbf314d5f7d4a968f7e5729f","title":"3.11.20","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-20","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"a1d387f8a348a098bf5ddcbf7346a19bb40ca691","title":"3.11.19","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-19","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"88e6bf9a00ebab6c277cce58d29ea741831bc4e3","title":"3.11.18","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-18","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"dab41f2d76ff49e8b02cd52bdeafd1db8d09c64f","title":"3.11.17","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-17","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"009bf7de69bf6bdf4d0a9c739aa14da3facf530e","title":"3.11.16","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-16","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"5ce0e12cd5d3b8044a87d0cbeeef971fdbdfa21b","title":"3.11.15","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-15","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"5bd0139c96c61abfc9a3519bdb24aef396fed5d1","title":"3.11.14","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-14","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"e85ece7594de8e06f690a43b00345fc325ea25ce","title":"3.11.13","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-13","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"c5a2551ea30ca2ccb871955b0795a45d2e0c212f","title":"3.11.12","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-12","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"9b50a7854abafa4ef1e6a903f15d4509b6f539c0","title":"3.11.11","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-11","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"da56ca66f879d13f9c90437fcd7065384ade52d5","title":"3.11.10","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-10","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"f609c7cd21b908d6d1258191421184b3c049d953","title":"3.11.9","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-9","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"0a57b5c955dc2d29b8ca00fe89d1ac44bb7d2e13","title":"3.11.8","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-8","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"2ff8b93d3bb50518fd0d0b147ad166b993a6fbd4","title":"3.11.7","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-7","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"f67ec2c649071b6f03b9c315f82aafeaf811b829","title":"3.11.6","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-6","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"875d990be6f93b94b670a4d2ed9c0ecc852322ab","title":"3.11.5","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-5","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"b32d0047224a57e87ca1436e9e95f36ed38b922a","title":"3.11.4","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-4","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"4f9f4e3a4bfbedf75c5b657dd9be7674f906ec22","title":"3.11.3","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-3","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"9cbb9072cb78db4fd603020c4af3229dc5746bd8","title":"3.11.2","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-2","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"dab1d753d8011896589c8a6980afa3fb6e611631","title":"3.11.1","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"0597e85d74f26a949dc614b95b22cdd718502759","title":"3.11.0","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-11-0","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"31e0cf030ef5d22e2fa68ba749c1f6142e230d62","title":"3.10.8","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-10-8","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"f70410e77cc13b3c1b1febc29ac309c88aab9283","title":"3.10.7","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-10-7","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"e7b96ed83f8ab2e04dbc65aa5a9e141ee5b70a56","title":"3.10.6","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-10-6","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"b64e946f95a15bb6ba1b2b8cefdb118592b36f85","title":"3.10.5","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-10-5","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"c43f80cef96dcbff0d23a62c170d046c2c9942be","title":"3.10.4","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-10-4","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"04014d50af2908d1fa744b4688f9afdcb39eb67e","title":"3.10.3","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-10-3","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"2022a378c4f636d2f1fea4ad145ac409ae017912","title":"3.10.2","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-10-2","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"381875fa95364a8534e8157c7ef8c024e9694fea","title":"3.10.1","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-10-1","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"458c8628575a7f85fe5a9c909efbac48a1c9b4df","title":"3.10.0","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-10-0","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"6bf2c9832a79ae9da0bebd01c16c987749bf9a3e","title":"3.9.21","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-21","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"4b0006f77c16104dd0847442e9a6897465548581","title":"3.9.20","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-20","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"401d9628faa6a7332498222c377d9d7e1d6f113a","title":"3.9.19","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-19","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"0f9db2870a92d3571d1b0cc51433a12784e43745","title":"3.9.18","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-18","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"cd0a1e679e0057978940b822290da740f49fdeb4","title":"3.9.17","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-17","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"9f090f020959763a9b64c8ea52d9fb6ef5ce717e","title":"3.9.16","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-16","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"397263de7e99d20c1a194d414dc0618aa12d6093","title":"3.9.15","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-15","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"e0f7ab81f14a2910e2f92d781e1e1f34640ab71a","title":"3.9.14","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-14","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"4c604c6dd50a8027ad38d24a66321bd61e98cb70","title":"3.9.13","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-13","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"2fa9d2a0b77765b4336e377a7587f3395dd523b2","title":"3.9.12","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-12","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"c9c9251d425ac68be496ef361cb85e23606aa0fa","title":"3.9.11","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-11","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"c88cb3672e8d9ecac9c34fcfb345adb6a00e3758","title":"3.9.10","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-10","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"429ac421c1bf7b1a46dba35cc918b59c83ba223d","title":"3.9.9","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-9","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"6699e4151dcde72152e31acc2eddc1385e47b5f0","title":"3.9.8","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-8","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"08acac8e1420b47340934df258fb4bfc4928150f","title":"3.9.7","pathname":"/es/releases/old/3-9-7","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"},{"label":"Versiones anteriores"}]},{"id":"b94ed29c6508aac38f0fd4ebeda43c01c8e071ac","title":"Referencia de versiones y características","pathname":"/es/releases/releases-features-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"}]},{"id":"54db9302c8e0463e91527c234304d29e70918ecc","title":"Referencia de características y versiones","pathname":"/es/releases/features-releases-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"}]},{"id":"b769857bc4c6d2e0fc84a3f4fa6d141723611b43","title":"Referencia de cambios en comandos de POS","pathname":"/es/releases/commands-changes-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"}]},{"id":"f13a417bfb04220a8c2eaf4700e5162446317c9b","title":"Referencia de cambios en la base de datos y el esquema","pathname":"/es/releases/database-schema-changes-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"}]},{"id":"92be8253d28832a92bae88961f7d4fb906ada0f0","title":"Referencia de cambios del kit de desarrollo de software (SDK)","pathname":"/es/releases/sdk-changes-list","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":"","breadcrumbs":[{"label":"Documentación de versiones"}]},{"id":"8a5cfa8bed3819decccd0d6ed5b370bc29d4b09e","title":"Glosario","pathname":"/es/glossary","siteSpaceId":"sitesp_zU734","lang":"es","description":""}]}